summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/ggysd10.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/ggysd10.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/ggysd10.txt7775
1 files changed, 7775 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/ggysd10.txt b/old/ggysd10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae323c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/ggysd10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7775 @@
+Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+#3 in our series by Ralph Connor
+
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check
+the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!!
+
+Please take a look at the important information in this header.
+We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an
+electronic path open for the next readers. Do not remove this.
+
+This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book.
+Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words
+are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they
+need about what they can legally do with the texts.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*These Etexts Prepared By Hundreds of Volunteers and Donations*
+
+Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and
+further information is included below. We need your donations.
+
+Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota,
+Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states
+are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will
+begin in the additional states. These donations should be made to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655
+
+
+Title: Glengarry Schooldays
+
+Author: Ralph Connor
+
+Release Date: April, 2002 [Etext #3243]
+[Date first released: 02/28/01]
+[We are about one year ahead of schedule]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+******This file should be named ggysd10.txt or ggysd10.zip******
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, ggysd11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, ggysd10a.txt
+
+This etext was prepared by Donald Lainson, charlie@idirect.com.
+
+Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions,
+all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a
+copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any
+of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after
+the official publication date.
+
+Please note: neither this list nor its contents are final till
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+
+Those of you who want to download our Etexts before announcment
+can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02
+or
+ftp://metalab.unc.edu/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext02
+
+Or /etext01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This
+projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext
+files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext
+Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion]
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third
+of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 3,333 Etexts unless we
+manage to get some real funding.
+
+Something is needed to create a future for Project Gutenberg for
+the next 100 years.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+Presently, contributions are only being solicited from people in:
+Texas, Nevada, Idaho, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, South Dakota,
+Iowa, Indiana, and Vermont. As the requirements for other states
+are met, additions to this list will be made and fund raising will
+begin in the additional states.
+
+All donations should be made to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and will be tax deductible to the extent
+permitted by law.
+
+Mail to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Avenue
+Oxford, MS 38655 [USA]
+
+We are working with the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation to build more stable support and ensure the
+future of Project Gutenberg.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+You can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org
+if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if
+it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . .
+
+We would prefer to send you this information by email.
+
+
+Example command-line FTP session:
+
+ftp metalab.unc.edu
+login: anonymous
+password: your@login
+cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg
+cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext01, etc.
+dir [to see files]
+get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files]
+GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99]
+GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books]
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you can distribute copies of this etext if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext
+under the Project's "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] the Project (and any other party you may receive this
+etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold the Project, its directors,
+officers, members and agents harmless from all liability, cost
+and expense, including legal fees, that arise directly or
+indirectly from any of the following that you do or cause:
+[1] distribution of this etext, [2] alteration, modification,
+or addition to the etext, or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this
+ requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+ etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however,
+ if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable
+ binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+ including any form resulting from conversion by word pro-
+ cessing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+ *EITHER*:
+
+ [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+ does *not* contain characters other than those
+ intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+ (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+ be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+ author, and additional characters may be used to
+ indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+ [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at
+ no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+ form by the program that displays the etext (as is
+ the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+ OR
+
+ [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+ no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+ etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+ or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this
+ "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Project of 20% of the
+ gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+ already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you
+ don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are
+ payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+ the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+ legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+ periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to
+ let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain etexts, and royalty free copyright licenses.
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.04.07.00*END*
+
+
+
+
+
+This etext was prepared by Donald Lainson, charlie@idirect.com.
+
+
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOLDAYS
+
+A STORY OF THE EARLY DAYS IN GLENGARRY
+
+
+by RALPH CONNOR
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+I. THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+II. THE DEEPOLE
+
+III. THE EXAMINATION
+
+IV. THE NEW MASTER
+
+V. THE CRISIS
+
+VI. "ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+VII. FOXY
+
+VIII. FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+IX. HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+X. THE BEAR HUNT
+
+XI. JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+XII. THE DOWNFALL
+
+XIII. THE FIRST ROUND
+
+XIV. THE FINAL ROUND
+
+XV. THE RESULT
+
+
+
+GLENGARRY SCHOOL DAYS
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+THE SPELLING-MATCH
+
+
+The "Twentieth" school was built of logs hewn on two sides. The
+cracks were chinked and filled with plaster, which had a curious
+habit of falling out during the summer months, no one knew how; but
+somehow the holes always appeared on the boys' side, and being
+there, were found to be most useful, for as looking out of the
+window was forbidden, through these holes the boys could catch
+glimpses of the outer world--glimpses worth catching, too, for all
+around stood the great forest, the playground of boys and girls
+during noon-hour and recesses; an enchanted land, peopled, not by
+fairies, elves, and other shadowy beings of fancy, but with living
+things, squirrels, and chipmunks, and weasels, chattering ground-
+hogs, thumping rabbits, and stealthy foxes, not to speak of a host
+of flying things, from the little gray-bird that twittered its
+happy nonsense all day, to the big-eyed owl that hooted solemnly
+when the moon came out. A wonderful place this forest, for
+children to live in, to know, and to love, and in after days to
+long for.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, and the long, hot July day was drawing to
+a weary close. Mischief was in the air, and the master, Archibald
+Munro, or "Archie Murro," as the boys called him, was holding
+himself in with a very firm hand, the lines about his mouth showing
+that he was fighting back the pain which had never quite left him
+from the day he had twisted his knee out of joint five years ago,
+in a wrestling match, and which, in his weary moments, gnawed into
+his vitals. He hated to lose his grip of himself, for then he knew
+he should have to grow stern and terrifying, and rule these young
+imps in the forms in front of him by what he called afterwards, in
+his moments of self-loathing, "sheer brute force," and that he
+always counted a defeat.
+
+Munro was a born commander. His pale, intellectual face, with its
+square chin and firm mouth, its noble forehead and deep-set gray
+eyes, carried a look of such strength and indomitable courage that
+no boy, however big, ever thought of anything but obedience when
+the word of command came. He was the only master who had ever been
+able to control, without at least one appeal to the trustees, the
+stormy tempers of the young giants that used to come to school in
+the winter months.
+
+The school never forgot the day when big Bob Fraser "answered back"
+in class. For, before the words were well out of his lips, the
+master, with a single stride, was in front of him, and laying two
+swift, stinging cuts from the rawhide over big Bob's back,
+commanded, "Hold out your hand!" in a voice so terrible, and with
+eyes of such blazing light, that before Bob was aware, he shot out
+his hand and stood waiting the blow. The school never, in all its
+history, received such a thrill as the next few moments brought;
+for while Bob stood waiting, the master's words fell clear-cut upon
+the dead silence, "No, Robert, you are too big to thrash. You are
+a man. No man should strike you--and I apologize." And then big
+Bob forgot his wonted sheepishness and spoke out with a man's
+voice, "I am sorry I spoke back, sir." And then all the girls
+began to cry and wipe their eyes with their aprons, while the
+master and Bob shook hands silently. From that day and hour Bob
+Fraser would have slain any one offering to make trouble for the
+master, and Archibald Munro's rule was firmly established.
+
+He was just and impartial in all his decisions, and absolute in his
+control; and besides, he had the rare faculty of awakening in his
+pupils an enthusiasm for work inside the school and for sports
+outside.
+
+But now he was holding himself in, and with set teeth keeping back
+the pain. The week had been long and hot and trying, and this day
+had been the worst of all. Through the little dirty panes of the
+uncurtained windows the hot sun had poured itself in a flood of
+quivering light all the long day. Only an hour remained of the
+day, but that hour was to the master the hardest of all the week.
+The big boys were droning lazily over their books, the little boys,
+in the forms just below his desk, were bubbling over with spirits--
+spirits of whose origin there was no reasonable ground for doubt.
+
+Suddenly Hughie Murray, the minister's boy, a very special imp,
+held up his hand.
+
+"Well, Hughie," said the master, for the tenth time within the hour
+replying to the signal.
+
+"Spelling-match!"
+
+The master hesitated. It would be a vast relief, but it was a
+little like shirking. On all sides, however, hands went up in
+support of Hughie's proposal, and having hesitated, he felt he must
+surrender or become terrifying at once.
+
+"Very well," he said; "Margaret Aird and Thomas Finch will act as
+captains." At once there was a gleeful hubbub. Slates and books
+were slung into desks.
+
+"Order! or no spelling-match." The alternative was awful enough to
+quiet even the impish Hughie, who knew the tone carried no idle
+threat, and who loved a spelling-match with all the ardor of his
+little fighting soul.
+
+The captains took their places on each side of the school, and with
+careful deliberation, began the selecting of their men, scanning
+anxiously the rows of faces looking at the maps or out of the
+windows and bravely trying to seem unconcerned. Chivalry demanded
+that Margaret should have first choice. "Hughie Murray!" called
+out Margaret; for Hughie, though only eight years old, had
+preternatural gifts in spelling; his mother's training had done
+that for him. At four he knew every Bible story by heart, and
+would tolerate no liberties with the text; at six he could read the
+third reader; at eight he was the best reader in the fifth; and to
+do him justice, he thought no better of himself for that. It was
+no trick to read. If he could only run, and climb, and swim, and
+dive, like the big boys, then he would indeed feel uplifted; but
+mere spelling and reading, "Huh! that was nothing."
+
+"Ranald Macdonald!" called Thomas Finch, and a big, lanky boy of
+fifteen or sixteen rose and marched to his place. He was a boy one
+would look at twice. He was far from handsome. His face was long,
+and thin, and dark, with a straight nose, and large mouth, and high
+cheek-bones; but he had fine black eyes, though they were fierce,
+and had a look in them that suggested the woods and the wild things
+that live there. But Ranald, though his attendance was spasmodic,
+and dependent upon the suitability or otherwise of the weather for
+hunting, was the best speller in the school.
+
+For that reason Margaret would have chosen him, and for another
+which she would not for worlds have confessed, even to herself.
+And do you think she would have called Ranald Macdonald to come and
+stand up beside her before all these boys? Not for the glory of
+winning the match and carrying the medal for a week. But how
+gladly would she have given up glory and medal for the joy of it,
+if she had dared.
+
+At length the choosing was over, and the school ranged in two
+opposing lines, with Margaret and Thomas at the head of their
+respective forces, and little Jessie MacRae and Johnnie Aird, with
+a single big curl on the top of his head, at the foot. It was a
+point of honor that no blood should be drawn at the first round.
+To Thomas, who had second choice, fell the right of giving the
+first word. So to little Jessie, at the foot, he gave "Ox."
+
+"O-x, ox," whispered Jessie, shyly dodging behind her neighbor.
+
+"In!" said Margaret to Johnnie Aird.
+
+"I-s, in," said Johnnie, stoutly.
+
+"Right!" said the master, silencing the shout of laughter. "Next
+word."
+
+With like gentle courtesies the battle began; but in the second
+round the little A, B, C's were ruthlessly swept off the field with
+second-book words, and retired to their seats in supreme
+exultation, amid the applause of their fellows still left in the
+fight. After that there was no mercy. It was a give-and-take
+battle, the successful speller having the right to give the word to
+the opposite side. The master was umpire, and after his "Next!"
+had fallen there was no appeal. But if a mistake were made, it was
+the opponent's part and privilege to correct with all speed, lest a
+second attempt should succeed.
+
+Steadily, and amid growing excitement, the lines grew less, till
+there were left on one side, Thomas, with Ranald supporting him,
+and on the other Margaret, with Hughie beside her, his face pale,
+and his dark eyes blazing with the light of battle.
+
+Without varying fortune the fight went on. Margaret, still serene,
+and with only a touch of color in her face, gave out her words with
+even voice, and spelled her opponent's with calm deliberation.
+Opposite her Thomas stood, stolid, slow, and wary. He had no
+nerves to speak of, and the only chance of catching him lay in
+lulling him off to sleep.
+
+They were now among the deadly words.
+
+"Parallelopiped!" challenged Hughie to Ranald, who met it easily,
+giving Margaret "hyphen" in return.
+
+"H-y-p-h-e-n," spelled Margaret, and then, with cunning
+carelessness, gave Thomas "heifer." ("Hypher," she called it.)
+
+Thomas took it lightly.
+
+"H-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+Like lightning Hughie was upon him. "H-e-i-f-e-r."
+
+"F-e-r," shouted Thomas. The two yells came almost together.
+
+There was a deep silence. All eyes were turned upon the master.
+
+"I think Hughie was first," he said, slowly. A great sigh swept
+over the school, and then a wave of applause.
+
+The master held up his hand.
+
+"But it was so very nearly a tie, that if Hughie is willing--"
+
+"All right, sir," cried Hughie, eager for more fight.
+
+But Thomas, in sullen rage, strode to his seat muttering, "I was
+just as soon anyway." Every one heard and waited, looking at the
+master.
+
+"The match is over," said the master, quietly. Great disappointment
+showed in every face.
+
+"There is just one thing better than winning, and that is, taking
+defeat like a man." His voice was grave, and with just a touch of
+sadness. The children, sensitive to moods, as is the characteristic
+of children, felt the touch and sat subdued and silent.
+
+There was no improving of the occasion, but with the same sad
+gravity the school was dismissed; and the children learned that day
+one of life's golden lessons--that the man who remains master of
+himself never knows defeat.
+
+The master stood at the door watching the children go down the
+slope to the road, and then take their ways north and south, till
+the forest hid them from his sight.
+
+"Well," he muttered, stretching up his arms and drawing a great
+breath, "it's over for another week. A pretty near thing, though."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE DEEPOLE
+
+
+Archibald Munro had a steady purpose in life--to play the man, and
+to allow no pain of his--and pain never left him long--to spoil his
+work, or to bring a shadow to the life of any other. And though he
+had his hard times, no one who could not read the lines about his
+mouth ever knew how hard they were.
+
+It was this struggle for self-mastery that made him the man he was,
+and taught him the secrets of nobleness that he taught his pupils
+with their three "R's"; and this was the best of his work for the
+Twentieth school.
+
+North and south in front of the school the road ran through the
+deep forest of great pines, with underbrush of balsam and spruce
+and silver-birch; but from this main road ran little blazed paths
+that led to the farm clearings where lay the children's homes.
+Here and there, set in their massive frames of dark green forest,
+lay the little farms, the tiny fenced fields surrounding the little
+log houses and barns. These were the homes of a people simple of
+heart and manners, but sturdy, clean living, and clear thinking,
+with their brittle Highland courage toughened to endurance by their
+long fight with the forest, and with a self-respect born of victory
+over nature's grimmest of terrors.
+
+A mile straight south of the school stood the manse, which was
+Hughie's home; two miles straight west Ranald lived; and Thomas
+Finch two miles north; while the other lads ought to have taken
+some of the little paths that branched east from the main road.
+But this evening, with one accord, the boys chose a path that led
+from the school-house clearing straight southwest through the
+forest.
+
+What a path that was! Beaten smooth with the passing of many bare
+feet, it wound through the brush and round the big pines, past the
+haunts of squirrels, black, gray, and red, past fox holes and
+woodchuck holes, under birds' nests and bee-trees, and best of all,
+it brought up at last at the Deep Hole, or "Deepole," as the boys
+called it.
+
+There were many reasons why the boys should have gone straight
+home. They were expected home. There were cows to get up from the
+pasture and to milk, potatoes that needed hoeing, gardens to weed,
+not to speak of messages and the like. But these were also
+excellent reasons why the boys should unanimously choose the cool,
+smooth-beaten, sweet-scented, shady path that wound and twisted
+through the trees and brush, but led straight to the Deepole.
+Besides, this was Friday night, it was hot, and they were tired
+out; the mere thought of the long walk home was intolerable. The
+Deepole was only two miles away, and "There was lots of time" for
+anything else. So, with wild whoops, they turned into the shady
+path and sped through the forest, the big boys in front, with
+Ranald easily leading, for there was no runner so swift and
+tireless in all the country-side, and Hughie, with the small boys,
+panting behind.
+
+On they went, a long, straggling, yelling line, down into the cedar
+swamp, splashing through the "Little Crick" and up again over the
+beech ridge, where, in the open woods, the path grew indistinct and
+was easy to lose; then again among the great pines, where the
+underbrush was so thick that you could not tell what might be just
+before, till they pulled up at the old Lumber Camp. The boys
+always paused at the ruins of the old Lumber Camp. A ruin is ever
+a place of mystery, but to the old Lumber Camp attached an awful
+dread, for behind it, in the thickest part of the underbrush, stood
+the cabin of Alan Gorrach.
+
+Alan's was a name of terror among all the small children of the
+section. Mothers hushed their crying with, "Alan Gorrach will get
+you." Alan was a small man, short in the legs, but with long,
+swinging, sinewy arms. He had a gypsy face, and tangled, long,
+black hair; and as he walked through the forest he might be heard
+talking to himself, with wild gesticulations. He was an itinerant
+cooper by trade, and made for the farmers' wives their butter-tubs
+and butter-ladles, mincing-bowls and coggies, and for the men,
+whip-stalks, axe handles, and the like. But in the boys' eyes he
+was guilty of a horrible iniquity. He was a dog-killer. His chief
+business was the doing away with dogs of ill-repute in the country;
+vicious dogs, sheep-killing dogs, egg-sucking dogs, were committed
+to Alan's dread custody, and often he would be seen leading off his
+wretched victims to his den in the woods, whence they never
+returned. It was a current report that he ate them, too. No
+wonder the boys regarded him with horror mingled with fearful awe.
+
+In broad day, upon the high road, the small boys would boldly fling
+taunts and stones at Alan, till he would pull out his long, sharp
+cooper's knife and make at them. But if they met him in the woods
+they would walk past in trembling and respectful silence, or slip
+off into hiding in the bush, till he was out of sight.
+
+It was always part of the programme in the exploring of the Lumber
+Camp for the big boys to steal down the path to Alan's cabin, and
+peer fearfully through the brush, and then come rushing back to the
+little boys waiting in the clearing, and crying in terror-stricken
+stage whispers, "He's coming! He's coming!" set off again through
+the bush like hunted deer, followed by the panting train of
+youngsters, with their small hearts thumping hard against their
+ribs.
+
+In a few minutes the pine woods, with its old Lumber Camp and
+Alan's fearsome cabin, were left behind; and then down along the
+flats where the big elms were, and the tall ash-trees, and the
+alders, the flying, panting line sped on in a final dash, for they
+could smell the river. In a moment more they were at the Deepole.
+
+O! that Deepole! Where the big creek took a great sweep around
+before it tore over the rapids and down into the gorge. It was
+always in cool shade; the great fan-topped elm-trees hung far out
+over it, and the alders and the willows edged its banks. How cool
+and clear the dark brown waters looked! And how beautiful the
+golden mottling on their smooth, flowing surface, where the sun
+rained down through the over-spreading elm boughs! And the grassy
+sward where the boys tore off their garments, and whence they raced
+and plunged, was so green and firm and smooth under foot! And the
+music of the rapids down in the gorge, and the gurgle of the water
+where it sucked in under the jam of dead wood before it plunged
+into the boiling pool farther down! Not that the boys made note of
+all these delights accessory to the joys of the Deepole itself, but
+all these helped to weave the spell that the swimming-hole cast
+over them. Without the spreading elms, without the mottled, golden
+light upon the cool, deep waters, and without the distant roar of
+the little rapid, and the soft gurgle at the jam, the Deepole would
+still have been a place of purest delight, but I doubt if, without
+these, it would have stolen in among their day dreams in after
+years, on hot, dusty, weary days, with power to waken in them a
+vague pain and longing for the sweet, cool woods and the clear,
+brown waters. Oh, for one plunge! To feel the hug of the waters,
+their soothing caress, their healing touch! These boys are men
+now, such as are on the hither side of the darker river, but not a
+man of them can think, on a hot summer day, of that cool, shaded,
+mottled Deepole, without a longing in his heart and a lump in his
+throat.
+
+The last quarter of a mile was always a dead race, for it was a
+point of distinction to be the first to plunge, and the last few
+seconds of the race were spent in the preliminaries of the
+disrobing. A single brace slipped off the shoulder, a flutter of a
+shirt over the head, a kick of the trousers, and whoop! plunge!
+"Hurrah! first in." The little boys always waited to admire the
+first series of plunges, for there were many series before the hour
+was over, and then they would off to their own crossing, going
+through a similar performance on a small scale.
+
+What an hour it was! What contests of swimming and diving! What
+water fights and mud fights! What careering of figures, stark
+naked, through the rushes and trees! What larks and pranks!
+
+And then the little boys would dress. A simple process, but more
+difficult by far than the other, for the trousers would stick to
+the wet feet--no boy would dream of a towel, nor dare to be guilty
+of such a piece of "stuck-upness"--and the shirt would get wrong
+side out, or would bundle round the neck, or would cling to the wet
+shoulders till they had to get on their knees almost to squirm into
+it. But that over, all was over. The brace, or if the buttons
+were still there, the braces were easily jerked up on the shoulders,
+and there you were. Coats, boots, and stockings were superfluous,
+collars and ties utterly despised.
+
+Then the little ones would gather on the grassy bank to watch the
+big ones get out, which was a process worth watching.
+
+"Well, I'm going out, boys," one would say.
+
+"Oh, pshaw! let's have another plunge."
+
+"All right. But it's the last, though."
+
+Then a long stream of naked figures would scramble up the bank and
+rush for the last place. "First out, last in," was the rule, for
+the boys would much rather jump on some one else than be jumped on
+themselves. After the long line of naked figures had vanished into
+the boiling water, one would be seen quietly stealing out and up
+the bank kicking his feet clean as he stepped off the projecting
+root onto the grass, when, plunk! a mud ball caught him, and back
+he must come. It took them full two hours to escape clean from the
+water, and woe betide the boy last out. On all sides stood boys,
+little and big, with mud balls ready to fling, till, out of sheer
+pity, he would be allowed to come forth clean. Then, when all were
+dressed, and blue and shivering--for two amphibious hours, even on
+a July day, make one blue--more games would begin, leap-frog, or
+tag, or jumping, or climbing trees, till they were warm enough to
+set out for home.
+
+It was as the little ones were playing tag that Hughie came to
+grief. He was easily king of his company and led the game. Quick
+as a weasel, swift and wary, he was always the last to be caught.
+Around the trees, and out and in among the big boys, he led the
+chase, much to Tom Finch's disgust, who had not forgotten the
+spelling-match incident. Not that he cared for the defeat, but he
+still felt the bite in the master's final words, and he carried a
+grudge against the boy who had been the occasion of his humiliation.
+
+"Keep off!" he cried, angrily, as Hughie swung himself round him.
+But Hughie paid no heed to Tom's growl, unless, indeed, to repeat
+his offense, with the result that, as he flew off, Tom caught him a
+kick that hastened his flight and laid him flat on his back amid
+the laughter of the boys.
+
+"Tom," said Hughie, gravely and slowly, so that they all stood
+listening, "do you know what you kick like?"
+
+The boys stood waiting.
+
+"A h-e-i-p-h-e-r."
+
+In a moment Tom had him by the neck, and after a cuff or two, sent
+him flying, with a warning to keep to himself.
+
+But Hughie, with a saucy answer, was off again on his game,
+circling as near Tom Finch as he dared, and being as exasperating
+as possible, till Tom looked as if he would like a chance to pay
+him off. The chance came, for Hughie, leading the "tag," came
+flying past Tom and toward the water. Hardly realizing what he was
+doing, Tom stuck out his foot and caught him flying past, and
+before any one knew how it had happened, poor Hughie shot far out
+into the Deepole, lighting fair on his stomach. There was a great
+shout of laughter, but in a moment every one was calling, "Swim,
+Hughie!" "Keep your hands down!" "Don't splash like that, you
+fool!" "Paddle underneath!" But Hughie was far too excited or too
+stunned by his fall to do anything but splash and sputter, and
+sink, and rise again, only to sink once more. In a few moments the
+affair became serious.
+
+The small boys began to cry, and some of the bigger ones to
+undress, when there was a cry from the elm-tree overhanging the
+water.
+
+"Run out that board, Don. Quick!"
+
+It was Ranald, who had been swinging up in the highest branches,
+and had seen what had happened, and was coming down from limb to
+limb like a squirrel. As he spoke, he dropped from the lowest limb
+into the water close to where Hughie was splashing wildly.
+
+In an instant, as he rose to the surface, Hughie's arms went round
+his neck and pulled his head under water. But he was up again, and
+tugging at Hughie's hands, he cried:
+
+"Don't, Hughie! let go! I'll pull you out. Let go!" But Hughie,
+half-insensible with terror and with the water he had gulped in,
+clung with a death-grip.
+
+"Hughie!" gasped Ranald, "you'll drown us both. Oh, Hughie man,
+let me pull you out, can't you?"
+
+Something in the tone caught Hughie's ear, and he loosed his hold,
+and Ranald, taking him under the chin, looked round for the board.
+
+By this time Don Cameron was in the water and working the board
+slowly toward the gasping boys. But now a new danger threatened.
+The current had gradually carried them toward the log jam, under
+which the water sucked to the falls below. Once under the jam, no
+power on earth could save.
+
+"Hurry up, Don!" called out Ranald, anxiously. Then, feeling
+Hughie beginning to clutch again, he added, cheerily, "It's all
+right. You'll get us." But his face was gray and his eyes were
+staring, for over his shoulder he could see the jam and he could
+feel the suck of the water on his legs.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you can't do it," sobbed Hughie. "Will I paddle
+underneath?"
+
+"Yes, yes, paddle hard, Hughie," said Ranald, for the jam was just
+at his back.
+
+But as he spoke, there was a cry, "Ranald, catch it!" Over the
+slippery logs of the jam came Tom Finch pushing out a plank.
+
+"Catch it!" he cried, "I'll hold this end solid." And Ranald
+caught and held fast, and the boys on the bank gave a mighty shout.
+Soon Don came up with his board, and Tom, catching the end, hauled
+it up on the rolling logs.
+
+"Hold steady there now!" cried Tom, lying at full length upon the
+logs; "we'll get you in a minute."
+
+By this time the other boys had pulled a number of boards and
+planks out of the jam, and laying them across the logs, made a kind
+of raft upon which the exhausted swimmers were gradually hauled,
+and then brought safe to shore.
+
+"Oh, Ranald," said Tom, almost weeping, "I didn't mean to--I never
+thought--I'm awfully sorry."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Ranald, who was taking off Hughie's shirt
+preparatory to wringing it, "I know. Besides, it was you who
+pulled us out. You were doing your best, Don, of course, but we
+would have gone under the jam but for Tom."
+
+For ten minutes the boys stood going over again the various
+incidents in the recent dramatic scene, extolling the virtues of
+Ranald, Don, and Thomas in turn, and imitating, with screams of
+laughter, Hughie's gulps and splashings while he was fighting for
+his life. It was their way of expressing their emotions of
+gratitude and joy, for Hughie was dearly loved by all, though no
+one would have dared to manifest such weakness.
+
+As they were separating, Hughie whispered to Ranald, "Come home
+with me, Ranald. I want you." And Ranald, looking down into the
+little white face, went. It would be many a day before he would
+get rid of the picture of the white face, with the staring black
+eyes, floating on the dark brown water beside him, and that was why
+he went.
+
+When they reached the path to the manse clearing Ranald and Hughie
+were alone. For some minutes Hughie followed Ranald in silence on
+a dog-trot, through the brule, dodging round stumps and roots and
+climbing over fallen trees, till they came to the pasture-field.
+
+"Hold on, Ranald," panted Hughie, putting on a spurt and coming up
+even with his leader.
+
+"Are you warm enough?" asked Ranald, looking down at the little
+flushed face.
+
+"You bet!"
+
+"Are you dry?"
+
+"Huh, huh."
+
+"Indeed, you are not too dry," said Ranald, feeling his wet shirt
+and trousers, "and your mother will be wondering."
+
+"I'll tell her," said Hughie, in a tone of exulting anticipation.
+
+"What!" Ranald stood dead still.
+
+"I'll tell her," replied Hughie. "She'll be awful glad. And
+she'll be awful thankful to you, Ranald."
+
+Ranald looked at him in amazement.
+
+"I think I will jist be going back now," he said, at length. But
+Hughie seized him.
+
+"Oh, Ranald, you must come with me."
+
+He had pictured himself telling his mother of Ranald's exploit, and
+covering his hero with glory. But this was the very thing that
+Ranald dreaded and hated, and was bound to prevent.
+
+"You will not be going to the Deepole again, I warrant you," Ranald
+said, with emphasis.
+
+"Not go to the Deepole?"
+
+"No, indeed. Your mother will put an end to that sort of thing."
+
+"Mother! Why not?"
+
+"She will not be wanting to have you drowned."
+
+Hughie laughed scornfully. "You don't know my mother. She's not
+afraid of--of anything."
+
+"But she will be telling your father."
+
+This was a matter serious enough to give Hughie pause. His father
+might very likely forbid the Deepole.
+
+"There is no need for telling," suggested Ranald. "And I will just
+go in for a minute."
+
+"Will you stay for supper?"
+
+Ranald shook his head. The manse kitchen was a bright place, and
+to see the minister's wife and to hear her talk was to Ranald pure
+delight. But then, Hughie might tell, and that would be too awful
+to bear.
+
+"Do, Ranald," pleaded Hughie. "I'll not tell."
+
+"I am not so sure."
+
+"Sure as death!"
+
+Still Ranald hesitated. Hughie grew desperate.
+
+"God may kill me on the spot!" he cried, using the most binding of
+all oaths known to the boys. This was satisfactory, and Ranald
+went.
+
+But Hughie was not skilled in deceiving, and especially in deceiving
+his mother. They were great friends, and Hughie shared all his
+secrets with her and knew that they were safe, unless they ought to
+be told. And so, when he caught sight of his mother waiting for him
+before the door, he left Ranald, and thrilling with the memory of
+the awful peril through which he had passed, rushed at her, and
+crying, "Oh, mother!" he flung himself into her arms. "I am so glad
+to see you again!"
+
+"Why, Hughie, my boy, what's the matter?" said his mother, holding
+her arms tight about him. "And you are all wet! What is it?" But
+Hughie held her fast, struggling with himself.
+
+"What is it?" she asked again, turning to Ranald.
+
+"We were running pretty fast--and it is a hot day--and--" But the
+clear gray-brown eyes were upon him, and Ranald found it difficult
+to go on.
+
+"Oh, mother, you mustn't ask," cried Hughie; "I promised not to
+tell."
+
+"Not to tell me, Hughie?" The surprise in the voice was quite too
+much for Hughie.
+
+"Oh, mother, we did not want to frighten you--and--I promised."
+
+"Then you must keep your promise. Come away in, my boy. Come in,
+Ranald."
+
+It was her boy's first secret from her. Ranald saw the look of
+pain in the sweet face, and could not endure it.
+
+"It was just nothing, Mrs. Murray," he began.
+
+"Did you promise, too, Ranald?"
+
+"No, that I did not. And there is nothing much to tell, only
+Hughie fell into the Deepole and the boys pulled him out!"
+
+"Oh, mother!" exclaimed Hughie, "it was Ranald. He jumped right
+down from the tree right into the water, and kept me up. You told
+yourself, Ranald," he continued, delighted to be relieved of his
+promise; and on he went to give his mother, in his most picturesque
+style, a description of the whole scene, while Ranald stood looking
+miserable and ashamed.
+
+"And Ranald was ashamed for me to tell you, and besides, he said
+you wouldn't let me go to the Deepole again. But you will, won't
+you mother? And you won't tell father, will you?"
+
+The mother stood listening, with face growing whiter and whiter,
+till he was done. Then she stooped down over the eager face for
+some moments, whispering, "My darling, my darling," and then coming
+to Ranald she held her hand on his shoulder for a moment, while she
+said, in a voice bravely struggling to be calm, "God reward you,
+Ranald. God grant my boy may always have so good and brave a
+friend when he needs."
+
+And from that day Ranald's life was different, for he had bound to
+him by a tie that nothing could ever break, a friend whose
+influence followed him, and steadied and lifted him up to
+greatness, long after the grave had hidden her from men's sight.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE EXAMINATION
+
+
+The two years of Archibald Munro's regime were the golden age of
+the school, and for a whole generation "The Section" regarded that
+period as the standard for comparison in the following years.
+Munro had a genius for making his pupils work. They threw
+themselves with enthusiasm into all they undertook--studies,
+debate nights, games, and in everything the master was the source
+of inspiration.
+
+And now his last examination day had come, and the whole Section
+was stirred with enthusiasm for their master, and with grief at his
+departure.
+
+The day before examination was spent in "cleaning the school."
+This semi-annual event, which always preceded the examination, was
+almost as enjoyable as the examination day itself, if indeed it was
+not more so. The school met in the morning for a final polish for
+the morrow's recitations. Then after a speech by the master the
+little ones were dismissed and allowed to go home though they never
+by any chance took advantage of this permission. Then the master
+and the bigger boys and girls set to work to prepare the school for
+the great day. The boys were told off in sections, some to get dry
+cedar boughs from the swamp for the big fire outside, over which
+the iron sugar-kettle was swung to heat the scrubbing water; others
+off into the woods for balsam-trees for the evergreen decorations;
+others to draw water and wait upon the scrubbers.
+
+It was a day of delightful excitement, but this year there was
+below the excitement a deep, warm feeling of love and sadness, as
+both teacher and pupils thought of to-morrow. There was an
+additional thrill to the excitement, that the master was to be
+presented with a gold watch and chain, and that this had been kept
+a dead secret from him.
+
+What a day it was! With wild whoops the boys went off for the dry
+cedar and the evergreens, while the girls, looking very housewifely
+with skirts tucked back and sleeves rolled up, began to sweep and
+otherwise prepare the room for scrubbing.
+
+The gathering of the evergreens was a delightful labor. High up
+in the balsam-trees the more daring boys would climb, and then,
+holding by the swaying top, would swing themselves far out from the
+trunk and come crashing through the limbs into the deep, soft snow,
+bringing half the tree with them. What larks they had! What
+chasing of rabbits along their beaten runways! What fierce and
+happy snow fights! And then, the triumph of their return, laden
+with their evergreen trophies, to find the big fire blazing under
+the great iron kettle and the water boiling, and the girls well on
+with the scrubbing.
+
+Then, while the girls scrubbed first the benches and desks, and
+last of all, the floors, the boys washed the windows and put up the
+evergreen decorations. Every corner had its pillar of green, every
+window had its frame of green, the old blackboard, the occasion
+of many a heartache to the unmathematical, was wreathed into
+loveliness; the maps, with their bewildering boundaries, rivers and
+mountains, capes, bays and islands, became for once worlds of
+beauty under the magic touch of the greenery. On the wall just
+over his desk, the master wrought out in evergreen an arching
+"WELCOME," but later on, the big girls, with some shy blushing,
+boldly tacked up underneath an answering "FAREWELL." By the time
+the short afternoon had faded into the early evening, the school
+stood, to the eyes of all familiar with the common sordidness of
+its everyday dress, a picture of artistic loveliness. And after
+the master's little speech of thanks for their good work that
+afternoon, and for all their goodness to him, the boys and girls
+went their ways with that strangely unnameable heart-emptiness that
+brings an ache to the throat, but somehow makes happier for the
+ache.
+
+The examination day was the great school event of the year. It was
+the social function of the Section as well. Toward this event all
+the school life moved, and its approach was attended by a deepening
+excitement, shared by children and parents alike, which made a kind
+of holiday feeling in the air.
+
+The school opened an hour later than ordinarily, and the children
+came all in their Sunday clothes, the boys feeling stiff and
+uncomfortable, and regarding each other with looks half shy and
+half contemptuous, realizing that they were unnatural in each
+other's sight; the girls with hair in marvelous frizzes and shiny
+ringlets, with new ribbons, and white aprons over their home-made
+winsey dresses, carried their unwonted grandeur with an ease and
+delight that made the boys secretly envy but apparently despise
+them. The one unpardonable crime with all the boys in that country
+was that of being "proud." The boy convicted of "shoween off," was
+utterly contemned by his fellows. Hence, any delight in new
+clothes or in a finer appearance than usual was carefully avoided.
+
+Ranald always hated new clothes. He felt them an intolerable
+burden. He did not mind his new homespun, home-made flannel check
+shirt of mixed red and white, but the heavy fulled-cloth suit made
+by his Aunt Kirsty felt like a suit of mail. He moved heavily in
+it and felt queer, and knew that he looked as he felt. The result
+was that he was in no genial mood, and was on the alert for any
+indication of levity at his expense.
+
+Hughie, on the contrary, like the girls, delighted in new clothes.
+His new black suit, made down from one of his father's, with
+infinite planning and pains by his mother, and finished only at
+twelve o'clock the night before, gave him unmixed pleasure. And
+handsome he looked in it. All the little girls proclaimed that in
+their shy, admiring glances, while the big girls teased and petted
+and threatened to kiss him. Of course the boys all scorned him and
+his finery, and tried to "take him down," but Hughie was so
+unfeignedly pleased with himself, and moved so easily and naturally
+in his grand attire, and was so cheery and frank and happy, that no
+one thought of calling him "proud."
+
+Soon after ten the sleighloads began to arrive. It was a mild
+winter day, when the snow packed well, and there fluttered down
+through the still air a few lazy flakes, large, soft, and feathery,
+like bits of the clouds floating white against the blue sky. The
+sleighs were driven up to the door with a great flourish and jingle
+of bells, and while the master welcomed the ladies, the fathers and
+big brothers drove the horses to the shelter of the thick-standing
+pines, and unhitching them, tied them to the sleigh-boxes, where,
+blanketed and fed, they remained for the day.
+
+Within an hour the little school-house was packed, the children
+crowded tight into the long desks, and the visitors on the benches
+along the walls and in the seats of the big boys and girls. On the
+platform were such of the trustees as could muster up the necessary
+courage--old Peter MacRae, who had been a dominie in the Old
+Country, the young minister and his wife, and the schoolteacher
+from the "Sixteenth."
+
+First came the wee tots, who, in wide-eyed, serious innocence, went
+through their letters and their "ox" and "cat" combinations and
+permutations with great gusto and distinction. Then they were
+dismissed to their seats by a series of mental arithmetic
+questions, sums of varying difficulty being propounded, until
+little white-haired, blue-eyed Johnnie Aird, with the single big
+curl on the top of his head, was left alone.
+
+"One and one, Johnnie?" said the master, smiling down at the rosy
+face.
+
+"Three," promptly replied Johnnie, and retired to his seat amid the
+delighted applause of visitors and pupils, and followed by the
+proud, fond, albeit almost tearful, gaze of his mother. He was her
+baby, born long after her other babies had grown up into sturdy
+youth, and all the dearer for that.
+
+Then up through the Readers, till the Fifth was reached, the
+examination progressed, each class being handed over to the charge
+of a visitor, who forthwith went upon examination as truly as did
+the class.
+
+"Fifth class!" In due order the class marched up to the chalk line
+on the floor in front of the master's desk, and stood waiting.
+
+The reading lesson was Fitz-Greene Halleck's "Marco Bozzaris," a
+selection of considerable dramatic power, and calling for a
+somewhat spirited rendering. The master would not have chosen this
+lesson, but he had laid down the rule that there was to be no
+special drilling of the pupils for an exhibition, but that the
+school should be seen doing its every-day work; and in the reading,
+the lessons for the previous day were to be those of the
+examination day. By an evil fortune, the reading for the day was
+the dramatic "Marco Bozzaris." The master shivered inwardly as he
+thought of the possibility of Thomas Finch, with his stolidly
+monotonous voice, being called upon to read the thrilling lines
+recording the panic-stricken death-cry of the Turk: "To arms! They
+come! The Greek! The Greek!" But Thomas, by careful plodding,
+had climbed to fourth place, and the danger lay in the third verse.
+
+"Will you take this class, Mr. MacRae?" said the master, handing
+him the book. He knew that the dominie was not interested in the
+art of reading beyond the point of correct pronunciation, and hence
+he hoped the class might get off easily. The dominie took the book
+reluctantly. What he desired was the "arith-MET-ic" class, and did
+not care to be "put off" with mere reading.
+
+"Well, Ranald, let us hear you," he rather growled. Ranald went at
+his work with quiet confidence; he knew all the words.
+
+"Page 187, Marco Bozzaris.
+
+"At midnight in his guarded tent,
+ The Turk lay dreaming of the hour
+ When Greece, her knee in suppliance bent,
+ Should tremble at his power."
+
+And so on steadily to the end of his verse.
+
+"Next!"
+
+The next was "Betsy Dan," the daughter of Dan Campbell, of "The
+Island." Now, Betsy Dan was very red in hair and face, very shy
+and very nervous, and always on the point of giggles. It was a
+trial to her to read on ordinary days, but to-day it was almost
+more than she could bear. To make matters worse, sitting
+immediately behind her, and sheltered from the eye of the master,
+sat Jimmie Cameron, Don's youngest brother. Jimmie was always on
+the alert for mischief, and ever ready to go off into fits of
+laughter, which he managed to check only by grabbing tight hold of
+his nose. Just now he was busy pulling at the strings of Betsy
+Dan's apron with one hand, while with the other he was hanging onto
+his nose, and swaying in paroxysms of laughter.
+
+Very red in the face, Betsy Dan began her verse.
+
+"At midnight in the forest shades,
+ Bozzaris--"
+
+Pause, while Betsy Dan clutched behind her.
+
+"--Bozzaris ranged--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik!") a snicker from Jimmie in the rear.
+
+"--his Suliote band,
+ True as the steel of--"
+
+("im-im,") Betsy Dan struggles with her giggles.
+
+"Elizabeth!" The master's voice is stern and sharp.
+
+Betsy Dan bridles up, while Jimmie is momentarily sobered by the
+master's tone.
+
+"True as the steel of their tried blades,
+ Heroes in heart and hand.
+ There had the Persians thousands stood--"
+
+("Tchik! tchik! tchik,") a long snicker from Jimmie, whose nose
+cannot be kept quite in control. It is becoming too much for poor
+Betsy Dan, whose lips begin to twitch.
+
+"There--"
+
+("im-im, thit-tit-tit,") Betsy Dan is making mighty efforts to hold
+in her giggles.
+
+"--had the glad earth (tchik!) drunk their blood,
+ On old Pl-a-a-t-t-e-a-'s day."
+
+Whack! whack!
+
+"Elizabeth Campbell!" The master's tone was quite terrible.
+
+"I don't care! He won't leave me alone. He's just--just (sob)
+pu--pulling at me (sob) all the time."
+
+By this time Betsy's apron was up to her eyes, and her sobs were
+quite tempestuous.
+
+"James, stand up!" Jimmie slowly rose, red with laughter, and
+covered with confusion.
+
+"I-I-I di-dn't touch her!" he protested.
+
+"O--h!" said little Aleck Sinclair, who had been enjoying Jimmie's
+prank hugely; "he was--"
+
+"That'll do, Aleck, I didn't ask you. James is quite able to tell
+me himself. Now, James!"
+
+"I-I-I was only just doing that," said Jimmie, sober enough now,
+and terrified at the results of his mischief.
+
+"Doing what?" said the master, repressing a smile at Jimmie's
+woebegone face.
+
+"Just-just that!" and Jimmie touched gingerly with the point of his
+finger the bows of Betsy Dan's apron-strings.
+
+"Oh, I see. You were annoying Elizabeth while she was reading. No
+wonder she found it difficult. Now, do you think that was very
+nice?"
+
+Jimmie twisted himself into a semicircle.
+
+"N-o-o."
+
+"Come here, James!" Jimmie looked frightened, came round the
+class, and up to the master.
+
+"Now, then," continued the master, facing Jimmie round in front of
+Betsy Dan, who was still using her apron upon her eyes, "tell
+Elizabeth you are sorry."
+
+Jimmie stood in an agony of silent awkwardness, curving himself in
+varying directions.
+
+"Are you sorry?"
+
+"Y-e-e-s."
+
+"Well, tell her so."
+
+Jimmie drew a long breath and braced himself for the ordeal. He
+stood a moment or two, working his eyes up shyly from Betsy Dan's
+shoes to her face, caught her glancing at him from behind her
+apron, and began, "I-I-I'm (tchik! tchik) sor-ry," (tchik). Betsy
+Dan's look was too much for the little chap's gravity.
+
+A roar swept over the school-house. Even the grim dominie's face
+relaxed.
+
+"Go to your seat and behave yourself," said the master, giving
+Jimmie a slight cuff. "Now, Margaret, let us go on."
+
+Margaret's was the difficult verse. But to Margaret's quiet voice
+and gentle heart, anything like shriek or battle-cry was foreign
+enough, so with even tone, and unmodulated by any shade of passion,
+she read the cry, "To arms! They come! The Greek! The Greek!"
+Nor was her voice to be moved from its gentle, monotonous flow even
+by the battle-cry of Bozzaris, "Strike! till the last armed foe
+expires!"
+
+"Next," said the dominie, glad to get on with his task.
+
+The master breathed freely, when, alas for his hopes, the minister
+spoke up.
+
+"But, Margaret, do you think Bozzaris cheered his men in so gentle
+a voice as that?"
+
+Margaret smiled sweetly, but remained silent, glad to get over the
+verse.
+
+"Wouldn't you like to try it again?" suggested the minister.
+
+Margaret flushed up at once.
+
+"Oh, no," said his wife, who had noticed Margaret's flushing face.
+"Girls are not supposed to be soldiers, are they, Margaret?"
+
+Margaret flashed a grateful look at her.
+
+"That's a boy's verse."
+
+"Ay! that it is," said the old dominie; "and I would wish very much
+that Mrs. Murray would conduct this class."
+
+But the minister's wife would not hear of it, protesting that the
+dominie could do it much better. The old man, however, insisted,
+saying that he had no great liking for this part of the
+examination, and would wish to reserve himself, with the master's
+permission, for the "arith-MET-ic" class.
+
+Mrs. Murray, seeing that it would please the dominie, took the
+book, with a spot of color coming in her delicate, high-bred face.
+
+"You must all do your best now, to help me," she said, with a smile
+that brought an answering smile flashing along the line. Even
+Thomas Finch allowed his stolid face a gleam of intelligent
+sympathy, which, however, he immediately suppressed, for he
+remembered that the next turn was his, and that he must be getting
+himself into the appearance of dogged desperation which he
+considered suitable to a reading exercise.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the minister's wife, sweetly, and Thomas
+plunged heavily.
+
+"They fought like brave men, long--"
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I think we will try that man's verse again, with the
+cries of battle in it, you know. I am sure you can do that well."
+
+It was all the same to Thomas. There were no words he could not
+spell, and he saw no reason why he should not do that verse as well
+as any other. So, with an extra knitting of his eyebrows, he set
+forth doggedly.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was-his-last."
+
+Thomas's voice fell with the unvarying regularity of the beat of a
+trip-hammer.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they-come-the-Greek-
+the-Greek-he-woke--"
+
+"But, Thomas, wait a minute. You see you must speak these words,
+'To arms! They come!' differently from the others. These words
+were shrieked by the sentries, and you must show that in your
+reading."
+
+"Speak them out, man," said the minister, sharply, and a little
+nervously, fearing that his wife had undertaken too great a task,
+and hating to see her defeated.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said Mrs. Murray, "try again. And remember the
+sentries shrieked these words, 'To arms!' and so on."
+
+Thomas squared his shoulders, spread his feet apart, added a
+wrinkle to his frown, and a deeper note of desperation to his tone,
+and began again.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on-the-Turk-awoke-that-bright-dream-was--"
+
+The master shuddered.
+
+"Now, Thomas, excuse me. That's better, but we can improve that
+yet." Mrs. Murray was not to be beaten. The attention of the
+whole school, even to Jimmie Cameron, as well as that of the
+visitors, was now concentrated upon the event.
+
+"See," she went on, "each phrase by itself. 'An hour passed on:
+the Turk awoke.' Now, try that far."
+
+Again Thomas tried, this time with complete success. The visitors
+applauded.
+
+"Ah, that's it, Thomas. I was sure you could do it."
+
+Thomas relaxed a little, but not unduly. He was not sure what was
+yet before him.
+
+"Now we will get that 'sentries shriek.' See, Thomas, like this a
+little," and she read the words with fine expression.
+
+"You must put more pith, more force, into those words, Thomas.
+Speak out, man!" interjected the minister, who was wishing it was
+all over.
+
+"Now, Thomas, I think this will be the last time. You have done
+very well, but I feel sure you can do better."
+
+The minister's wife looked at Thomas as she said this, with so
+fascinating a smile that the frown on Thomas' face deepened into a
+hideous scowl, and he planted himself with a do-or-die expression
+in every angle of his solid frame. Realizing the extreme necessity
+of the moment, he pitched his voice several tones higher than ever
+before in his life inside a house and before people, and made his
+final attempt.
+
+"An-hour-passed-on: the-Turk-awoke:
+ That-bright-dream-WAS-his-last."
+
+And now, feeling that the crisis was upon him, and confusing speed
+with intensity, and sound with passion, he rushed his words, with
+ever-increasing speed, into a wild yell.
+
+"He-woke-to-hear-his-sentries-shriek-to-arms-they come-the-Greek-
+THE-GREEK!"
+
+There was a moment of startled stillness, then, "tchik! tchik!" It
+was Jimmie again, holding his nose and swaying in a vain effort to
+control a paroxysm of snickers at Thomas' unusual outburst.
+
+It was like a match to powder. Again the whole school burst into a
+roar of uncontrollable laughter. Even the minister, the master,
+and the dominie, could not resist. The only faces unmoved were
+those of Thomas Finch and the minister's wife. He had tried his
+best, and it was to please her, and she knew it.
+
+A swift, shamed glance round, and his eyes rested on her face.
+That face was sweet and grave as she leaned toward him, and said,
+"Thank you, Thomas. That was well done." And Thomas, still
+looking at her, flushed to his hair roots and down the back of his
+neck, while the scowl on his forehead faded into a frown, and then
+into smoothness.
+
+"And if you always try your best like that, Thomas, you will be a
+great and good man some day."
+
+Her voice was low and soft, as if intended for him alone, but in
+the sudden silence that followed the laughter it thrilled to every
+heart in the room, and Thomas was surprised to find himself trying
+to swallow a lump in his throat, and to keep his eyes from
+blinking; and in his face, stolid and heavy, a new expression was
+struggling for utterance. "Here, take me," it said; "all that I
+have is thine," and later days brought the opportunity to prove it.
+
+The rest of the reading lesson passed without incident. Indeed,
+there pervaded the whole school that feeling of reaction which
+always succeeds an emotional climax. The master decided to omit
+the geography and grammar classes, which should have immediately
+followed, and have dinner at once, and so allow both children and
+visitors time to recover tone for the spelling and arithmetic of
+the afternoon.
+
+The dinner was an elaborate and appalling variety of pies and
+cakes, served by the big girls and their sisters, who had recently
+left school, and who consequently bore themselves with all proper
+dignity and importance. Two of the boys passed round a pail of
+water and a tin cup, that all the thirsty might drink. From hand
+to hand, and from lip to lip the cup passed, with a fine contempt
+of microbes. The only point of etiquette insisted upon was that no
+"leavings" should be allowed to remain in the cup or thrown back
+into the pail, but should be carefully flung upon the floor.
+
+There had been examination feasts in pre-historic days in the
+Twentieth school, when the boys indulged in free fights at long
+range, using as missiles remnants of pie crust and cake, whose
+consistency rendered them deadly enough to "bloody" a nose or black
+an eye. But these barbaric encounters ceased with Archie Munro's
+advent, and now the boys vied with each other in "minding their
+manners." Not only was there no snatching of food or exhibition of
+greediness, but there was a severe repression of any apparent
+eagerness for the tempting dainties, lest it should be suspected
+that such were unusual at home. Even the little boys felt that it
+would be bad manners to take a second piece of cake or pie unless
+specially pressed; but their eager, bulging eyes revealed only too
+plainly their heart's desire, and the kindly waiters knew their
+duty sufficiently to urge a second, third, and fourth supply of the
+toothsome currant or berry pie, the solid fruit cake, or the oily
+doughnut, till the point was reached where desire failed.
+
+"Have some more, Jimmie. Have a doughnut," said the master, who
+had been admiring Jimmie's gastronomic achievements.
+
+"He's had ten a'ready," shouted little Aleck Sinclair, Jimmie's
+special confidant.
+
+Jimmie smiled in conscious pride, but remained silent.
+
+"What! eaten ten doughnuts?" asked the master, feigning alarm.
+
+"He's got four in his pocket, too," said Aleck, in triumph.
+
+"He's got a pie in his own pocket," retorted Jimmie, driven to
+retaliate.
+
+"A pie!" exclaimed the master. "Better take it out. A pocket's
+not the best place for a pie. Why don't you eat it, Aleck?"
+
+"I can't," lamented Aleck. "I'm full up."
+
+"He said he's nearly busted," said Jimmie, anxiously. "He's got a
+pain here," pointing to his left eye. The bigger boys and some of
+the visitors who had gathered round shouted with laughter.
+
+"Oh, pshaw, Aleck!" said the master, encouragingly, "that's all
+right. As long as the pain is as high up as your eye you'll
+recover. I tell you what, put your pie down on the desk here,
+Jimmie will take care of it, and run down to the gate and tell Don
+I want him."
+
+Aleck, with great care and considerable difficulty, extracted from
+his pocket a segment of black currant pie, hopelessly battered, but
+still intact. He regarded it fondly for a moment or two, and then,
+with a very dubious look at Jimmie, ran away on his errand for the
+master.
+
+It took him some little time to find Don, and meanwhile the
+master's attention was drawn away by his duty to the visitors. The
+pie left to Jimmie's care had an unfortunately tempting fringe of
+loose pieces about it that marred its symmetry. Jimmie proceeded
+to trim it into shape. So absorbed did he become in this trimming
+process, that before he realized what he was about, he woke
+suddenly to the startling fact that the pie had shrunk into a
+comparatively insignificant size. It would be worse than useless
+to save the mutilated remains for Aleck; there was nothing for it
+now but to get the reproachful remnant out of the way. He was so
+busily occupied with this praiseworthy proceeding that he failed to
+notice Aleck enter the room, flushed with his race, eager and once
+more empty.
+
+Arriving at his seat, he came upon Jimmie engaged in devouring the
+pie left in his charge. With a cry of dismay and rage he flung
+himself upon the little gourmand, and after a short struggle,
+secured the precious pie; but alas, bereft of its most delicious
+part--it was picked clean of its currants. For a moment he gazed,
+grief-stricken, at the leathery, viscous remnant in his hand.
+Then, with a wrathful exclamation, "Here, then, you can just take
+it then, you big pig, you!" He seized Jimmie by the neck, and
+jammed the sticky pie crust on his face, where it stuck like an
+adhesive plaster. Jimmie, taken by surprise, and rendered
+nerveless by the pangs of an accusing conscience, made no
+resistance, but set up a howl that attracted the attention of the
+master and the whole company.
+
+"Why, Jimmie!" exclaimed the master, removing the doughy mixture
+from the little lad's face, "what on earth are you trying to do?
+What is wrong, Aleck?"
+
+"He ate my pie," said Aleck, defiantly.
+
+"Ate it? Well, apparently not. But never mind, Aleck, we shall
+get you another pie."
+
+"There isn't any more," said Aleck, mournfully; "that was the last
+piece."
+
+"Oh, well, we shall find something else just as good," said the
+master, going off after one of the big girls; and returning with a
+doughnut and a peculiarly deadly looking piece of fruit cake, he
+succeeded in comforting the disappointed and still indignant Aleck.
+
+The afternoon was given to the more serious part of the school
+work--writing, arithmetic, and spelling, while, for those whose
+ambitions extended beyond the limits of the public school, the
+master had begun a Euclid class, which was at once his despair and
+his pride. In the Twentieth school of that date there was no waste
+of the children's time in foolish and fantastic branches of study,
+in showy exercises and accomplishments, whose display was at once
+ruinous to the nerves of the visitors, and to the self-respect and
+modesty of the children. The ideal of the school was to fit the
+children for the struggle into which their lives would thrust them,
+so that the boy who could spell and read and cipher was supposed to
+be ready for his life work. Those whose ambition led them into the
+subtleties of Euclid's problems and theorems were supposed to be in
+preparation for somewhat higher spheres of life.
+
+Through the various classes of arithmetic the examination
+proceeded, the little ones struggling with great seriousness
+through their addition and subtraction sums, and being wrought up
+to the highest pitch of excitement by their contest for the first
+place. By the time the fifth class was reached, the air was heavy
+with the feeling of battle. Indeed, it was amazing to note how the
+master had succeeded in arousing in the whole school an intense
+spirit of emulation. From little Johnnie Aird up to Thomas Finch,
+the pupils carried the hearts of soldiers.
+
+Through fractions, the "Rule of Three," percentages, and stocks,
+the senior class swept with a trail of glory. In vain old Peter
+MacRae strewed their path with his favorite posers. The brilliant
+achievements of the class seemed to sink him deeper and deeper into
+the gloom of discontent, while the master, the minister and his
+wife, as well as the visitors, could not conceal their delight. As
+a last resort the old dominie sought to stem their victorious
+career with his famous problem in Practice, and to his huge
+enjoyment, one after another of the class had to acknowledge
+defeat. The truth was, the master had passed lightly over this
+rule in the arithmetic, considering the solution of problems by the
+method of Practice as a little antiquated, and hardly worthy of
+much study. The failure of the class, however, brought the dominie
+his hour of triumph, and so complete had been the success of the
+examination that the master was abundantly willing that he should
+enjoy it.
+
+Then followed the judging of the copy-books. The best and cleanest
+book in each class was given the proud distinction of a testimonial
+written upon the first blank page, with the date of the examination
+and the signatures of the examiners attached. It was afterwards
+borne home in triumph by the happy owner, to be stored among the
+family archives, and perhaps among the sacred things that mothers
+keep in their holy of holies.
+
+After the copy-books had been duly appraised, there followed an
+hour in which the excitement of the day reached its highest mark.
+The whole school, with such of the visitors as could be persuaded
+to join, were ranged in opposing ranks in the deadly conflict of a
+spelling-match. The master, the teacher from the Sixteenth, and
+even the minister's wife, yielded to the tremendous pressure of
+public demand that they should enter the fray. The contest had a
+most dramatic finish, and it was felt that the extreme possibility
+of enthusiasm and excitement was reached when the minister's wife
+spelled down the teacher from the Sixteenth, who every one knew,
+was the champion speller of all the country that lay toward the
+Front, and had a special private armory of deadly missiles laid up
+against just such a conflict as this. The tumultuous triumph of
+the children was not to be controlled. Again and again they
+followed Hughie in wild yells, not only because his mother was a
+great favorite with them all, but because she had wrested a victory
+from the champion of the Front, for the Front, in all matters
+pertaining to culture and fashion, thought itself quite superior to
+the more backwoods country of the Twentieth.
+
+It was with no small difficulty that the master brought the school
+to such a degree of order that the closing speeches could be
+received with becoming respect and attention. The trustees,
+according to custom, were invited to express their opinion upon the
+examination, and upon school matters generally. The chairman, John
+Cameron, "Long John," as he was called, broke the ice after much
+persuasion, and slowly rising from the desk into which he had
+compressed his long, lank form, he made his speech. Long John was
+a great admirer of the master, but for all that, and perhaps
+because of that, he allowed himself no warmer words of commendation
+than that he was well pleased with the way in which the children
+had conducted themselves. "They have done credit to themselves,"
+he said, "and to their teacher. And indeed I am sorry he is
+leaving us, for, so far, I have heard no complaints in the
+Section."
+
+The other trustees followed in the path thus blazed out for them by
+Long John. They were all well pleased with the examination, and
+they were all sorry to lose the master, and they had heard no
+complaints. It was perfectly understood that no words of praise
+could add to the high testimony that they "had heard no complaints."
+
+The dominie's speech was a little more elaborate. Somewhat
+reluctantly he acknowledged that the school had acquitted itself
+with "very considerable credit," especially the "arith-MET-ic"
+class, and indeed, considering all the circumstances, Mr. Munro was
+to be congratulated upon the results of his work in the Section.
+But the minister's warm expression of delight at the day's
+proceedings, and of regret at the departure of the master, more
+than atoned for the trustees' cautious testimony, and the dominie's
+somewhat grudging praise.
+
+Then came the moment of the day. A great stillness fell upon the
+school as the master rose to make his farewell speech. But before
+he could say a word, up from their seats walked Betsy Dan and
+Thomas Finch, and ranged themselves before him. The whole
+assemblage tingled with suppressed excitement. The great secret
+with which they had been burdening themselves for the past few
+weeks was now to be out. Slowly Thomas extracted the manuscript
+from his trousers pocket, and smoothed out its many folds, while
+Betsy Dan waited nervously in the rear.
+
+"Oh, why did they set Thomas to this?" whispered the minister's
+wife, who had a profound sense of humor. The truth was, the choice
+of the school had fallen upon Ranald and Margaret Aird. Margaret
+was quite willing to act, but Ranald refused point-blank, and
+privately persuaded Thomas to accept the honor in his stead. To
+this Thomas agreed, all the more readily that Margaret, whom he
+adored from a respectful distance, was to be his partner. But
+Margaret, who would gladly have been associated with Ranald, on the
+suggestion that Thomas should take his place, put up her lower lip
+in that symbol of scorn so effective with girls, but which no boy
+has ever yet accomplished, and declared that indeed, and she would
+see that Tom Finch far enough, which plainly meant "no."
+Consequently they had to fall back upon Betsy Dan, who, in addition
+to being excessively nervous, was extremely good-natured. And
+Thomas, though he would greatly have preferred Margaret as his
+assistant, was quite ready to accept Betsy Dan.
+
+The interval of waiting while Thomas deliberately smoothed out the
+creases of the paper was exceedingly hard upon Betsy Dan, whose
+face grew redder each moment. Jimmie Cameron, too, who realized
+that the occasion was one of unusual solemnity, was gazing at
+Thomas with intense interest growing into amusement, and was
+holding his fingers in readiness to seize his nose, and so check
+any explosion of snickers. Just as Thomas had got the last fold of
+his paper straightened out, and was turning it right end up, it
+somehow slipped through his fingers to the floor. This was too
+much for Jimmie, who only saved himself from utter disgrace by
+promptly seizing his nose and holding on for dear life. Thomas
+gave Jimmie a passing glare and straightened himself up for his
+work. With a furious frown he cleared his throat and began in a
+solemn, deep-toned roar, "Dear teacher, learning with regret that
+you are about to sever your connection," etc., etc. All went well
+until he came to the words, "We beg you to accept this gift, not
+for its intrinsic value," etc., which was the cue for Betsy Dan.
+But Betsy Dan was engaged in terrorizing Jimmie, and failed to come
+in, till, after an awful pause, Thomas gave her a sharp nudge, and
+whispered audibly, "Give it to him, you gowk." Poor Betsy Dan, in
+sudden confusion, whipped her hand out from under her apron, and
+thrusting a box at the master, said hurriedly, "Here it is, sir."
+As Thomas solemnly concluded his address, a smile ran round the
+room, while Jimmie doubled himself up in his efforts to suppress a
+tempest of snickers.
+
+The master, however, seemed to see nothing humorous in the
+situation, but bowing gravely to Thomas and Betsy Dan, he said,
+kindly, "Thank you, Thomas! Thank you, Elizabeth!" Something in
+his tone brought the school to attention, and even Jimmie forgot to
+have regard to his nose. For a few moments the master stood
+looking upon the faces of his pupils, dwelling upon them one by
+one, till his eyes rested upon the wee tots in the front seat,
+looking at him with eyes of innocent and serious wonder. Then he
+thanked the children for their gift in a few simple words, assuring
+them that he should always wear the watch with pride and grateful
+remembrance of the Twentieth school, and of his happy days among
+them.
+
+But when he came to say his words of farewell, and to thank them
+for their goodness to him, and their loyal backing of him while he
+was their teacher, his voice grew husky, and for a moment wavered.
+Then, after a pause, he spoke of what had been his ideal among
+them. "It is a good thing to have your minds trained and stored
+with useful knowledge, but there are better things than that. To
+learn honor, truth, and right; to be manly and womanly; to be self-
+controlled and brave and gentle--these are better than all possible
+stores of learning; and if I have taught you these at all, then I
+have done what I most wished to do. I have often failed, and I
+have often been discouraged, and might have given up were it not
+for the help I received at my worst times from our minister and
+from Mrs. Murray, who often saved me from despair."
+
+A sudden flush tinged the grave, beautiful face of the minister's
+young wife. A light filled her eyes as the master said these
+words, for she remembered days when the young man's pain was almost
+greater than he could bear, and when he was near to giving up.
+
+When the master ceased, the minister spoke a few words in
+appreciation of the work he had done in the school, and in the
+whole Section, during his three years' stay among them, and
+expressed his conviction that many a young lad would grow into a
+better man because he had known Archibald Munro, and some of them
+would never forget what he had done for them.
+
+By this time all the big girls and many of the visitors were openly
+weeping. The boys were looking straight in front of them, their
+faces set in an appearance of savage gloom, for they knew well how
+near they were to "acting like the girls."
+
+After a short prayer by the minister, the children filed out past
+the master, who stood at the door and shook hands with them one by
+one. When the big boys, and the young men who had gone to school
+in the winter months, came to say good by, they shook hands
+silently, and then stood close about him as if hating to let him
+go. He had caught for them in many a close base-ball match; he had
+saved their goal in many a fierce shinny fight with the Front; and
+while he had ruled them with an iron rule, he had always treated
+them fairly. He had never failed them; he had never weakened; he
+had always been a man among them. No wonder they stood close about
+him and hated to lose him. Suddenly big Bob Fraser called out in a
+husky voice, "Three cheers for the captain!" and every one was glad
+of the chance to let himself out in a roar. And that was the last
+of the farewells.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE NEW MASTER
+
+
+Right in front of the school door, and some little distance from
+it, in the midst of a clump of maples, stood an old beech-tree with
+a dead top, and half-way down where a limb had once been and had
+rotted off, a hole. Inside this hole two very respectable but
+thoroughly impudent red squirrels had made their nest. The hole
+led into the dead heart of the tree, which had been hollowed out
+with pains so as to make a roomy, cosy home, which the squirrels
+had lined with fur and moss, and which was well stored with
+beechnuts from the tree, their winter's provisions.
+
+Between the boys and the squirrels there existed an armed
+neutrality. It was understood among the boys that nothing worse
+than snowballs was to be used in their war with the squirrels,
+while with the squirrels it was a matter of honor that they should
+put reasonable limits to their profanity. But there were times
+when the relations became strained, and hence the holidays were no
+less welcome to the squirrels than to the boys.
+
+To the squirrels this had been a day of unusual anxiety, for the
+school had taken up again after its two weeks' holidays, and the
+boys were a little more inquisitive than usual, and unfortunately,
+the snow happened to be good for packing. It had been a bad day
+for nerves, and Mr. Bushy, as the boys called him, found it
+impossible to keep his tail in one position for more than one
+second at a time. It was in vain that his more sedate and self-
+controlled partner in life remonstrated with him and urged a more
+philosophic mind.
+
+"It's all very well for you, my dear," Mr. Bushy was saying, rather
+crossly I am afraid, "to urge a philosophic mind, but if you had
+the responsibility of the family upon you--Goodness gracious! Owls
+and weasels! What in all the woods is that?"
+
+"Can't be the wolves," said Mrs. Bushy, placidly, "it's too early
+for them."
+
+"Might have known," replied her husband, quite crossly; "of course
+it's those boys. I wonder why they let them out of school at all.
+Why can't they keep them in where it is warm? It always seems to
+me a very silly thing anyway, for them to keep rushing out of their
+hole in that stupid fashion. What they do in there I am sure I
+don't know. It isn't the least like a nest. I've seen inside of
+it. There isn't a thing to eat, nor a bit of hair or moss. They
+just go in and out again."
+
+"Well, my dear," said his wife, soothingly, "you can hardly expect
+them to know as much as people with a wider outlook. We must
+remember they are only ground people."
+
+"That's just it!" grumbled Mr. Bushy. "I only wish they would just
+keep to themselves and on the ground where they belong, but they
+have the impudence to come lumbering up here into our tree."
+
+"Oh, well," replied his partner, calmly, "you must acknowledge they
+do not disturb our nest."
+
+"And a good thing for them, too," chattered Mr. Bushy, fiercely,
+smoothing out his whiskers and showing his sharp front teeth, at
+which Mrs. Bushy smiled gently behind her tail.
+
+"But what are they doing now?" she inquired.
+
+"Oh, they are going off into the woods," said Mr. Bushy, who had
+issued from his hole and was sitting up on a convenient crotch.
+"And I declare!" he said, in amazed tones, "they haven't thrown one
+snowball at me. Something must be badly wrong with them. Wonder
+what it is? This is quite unprecedented."
+
+At this Mrs. Bushy ventured carefully out to observe the
+extraordinary phenomenon, for the boys were actually making their
+way to the gate, the smaller ones with much noisy shouting, but the
+big boys soberly enough engaged in earnest conversation. It was
+their first day of the new master, and such a day as quite
+"flabbergastrated," as Don Cameron said, even the oldest of them.
+But of course Mr. and Mrs. Bushy knew nothing of this, and could
+only marvel.
+
+"Murdie," cried Hughie to Don's big brother, who with Bob Fraser,
+Ranald Macdonald, and Thomas Finch was walking slowly toward the
+gate, "you won't forget to ask your pa for an excuse if you happen
+to be late to-morrow, will you?"
+
+Murdie paid no attention.
+
+"You won't forget your excuse, Murdie," continued Hughie, poking
+him in the back.
+
+Murdie suddenly turned, caught him by the neck and the seat of his
+trousers, and threw him head first into a drift, from which he
+emerged wrathful and sputtering.
+
+"Well, I hope you do," continued Hughie, "and then you'll catch it.
+And mind you," he went on, circling round to get in front of him,
+"if you want to ask big Bob there for his knife, mind you hold up
+your hand first." Murdie only grinned at him.
+
+The new master had begun the day by enunciating the regulations
+under which the school was to be administered. They made rather a
+formidable list, but two of them seemed to the boys to have gone
+beyond the limits of all that was outrageous and absurd. There was
+to be no speaking during school hours, and if a boy should desire
+to ask a question of his neighbor, he was to hold up his hand and
+get permission from the master. But worse than all, and more
+absurd than all, was the regulation that all late comers and
+absentees were to bring written excuses from parents or guardians.
+
+"Guardian," Thomas Finch had grunted, "what's that?"
+
+"Your grandmother," whispered Don back.
+
+It was not Don's reply that brought Thomas into disgrace this first
+day of the new master's rule, it was the vision of big Murdie
+Cameron walking up to the desk with an excuse for lateness, which
+he had obtained from Long John, his father. This vision breaking
+suddenly in upon the solemnity of Thomas Finch's mind, had sent him
+into a snort of laughter, not more to the surprise of the school
+than of himself. The gravity of the school had not been greatly
+helped by Thomas sheepish answer to the master's indignant question,
+"What did you do that for, sir?"
+
+"I didn't; it did itself."
+
+On the whole, the opening day had not been a success. As a matter
+of fact, it was almost too much to expect that it should be
+anything but a failure. There was a kind of settled if unspoken
+opinion among the children that no master could ever fill Archibald
+Munro's place in the school. Indeed, it was felt to be a kind of
+impertinence for any man to attempt such a thing. And further,
+there was a secret sentiment among the boys that loyalty to the old
+master's memory demanded an attitude of unsympathetic opposition to
+the one who came to take his place. It did not help the situation
+that the new master was unaware of this state of mind. He was
+buoyed up by the sentiments of enthusiastic admiration and approval
+that he carried with him in the testimonials from his last board of
+trustees in town, with which sentiments he fully agreed, and hence
+he greeted the pupils of the little backwoods school with an airy
+condescension that reduced the school to a condition of speechless
+and indignant astonishment. The school was prepared to tolerate
+the man who should presume to succeed their former master, if
+sufficiently humble, but certainly not to accept airy condescension
+from him.
+
+"Does he think we're babies?" asked Don, indignantly.
+
+"And did you see him trying to chop at recess?" (REE'cis, Hughie
+called it.) "He couldn't hit twice in the same place."
+
+"And he asked me if that beech there was a maple," said Bob Fraser,
+in deep disgust.
+
+"Oh, shut up your gab!" said Ranald, suddenly. "Give the man a
+chance, anyway."
+
+"Will YOU bring an excuse when you're absent, Ranald?" asked
+Hughie.
+
+"And where would I be getting it?" asked Ranald, grimly, and all
+the boys realized the absurdity of expecting a written excuse for
+Ranald's absence from his father. Macdonald Dubh was not a man to
+be bothered with such trifles.
+
+"You might get it from your Aunt Kirsty, Ranald," said Don, slyly.
+The boys shouted at the suggestion.
+
+"And she could do it well enough if it would be necessary," said
+Ranald, facing square round on Don, and throwing up his head after
+his manner when battle was in the air, while the red blood showed
+in his dark cheek and his eyes lit up with a fierce gleam. Don
+read the danger signal.
+
+"I'm not saying she couldn't," he hurried to say, apologetically,
+"but it would be funny, wouldn't it?"
+
+"Well," said Ranald, relenting and smiling a little, "it would be
+keeping her busy at times."
+
+"When the deer are running, eh, Ranald," said Murdie, good-
+naturedly. "But Ranald's right, boys," he continued, "give the man
+a chance, say I."
+
+"There's our bells," cried Thomas Finch, as the deep, musical boom
+of the Finch's sleigh-bells came through the bush. "Come on,
+Hughie, we'll get them at the cross." And followed by Hughie and
+the boys from the north, he set off for the north cross-roads,
+where they would meet the Finch's bob-sleighs coming empty from the
+saw-mill, to the great surprise and unalloyed delight of Mr. and
+Mrs. Bushy, who from their crotch in the old beech had watched with
+some anxiety the boys' unusual conduct.
+
+"There they are, Hughie," called Thomas, as the sleighs came out
+into the open at the crossroads. "They'll wait for us. They know
+you're coming," he yelled, encouragingly, for the big boys had left
+the smaller ones, a panting train, far in the rear, and were piling
+themselves upon the Finch's sleighs, with never a "by your leave"
+to William John--familiarly known as Billy Jack--Thomas' eldest
+brother, who drove the Finch's team.
+
+Thomas' home lay a mile north and another east from the Twentieth
+cross-roads, but the winter road by which they hauled saw-logs to
+the mill, cut right through the forest, where the deep snow packed
+hard into a smooth track, covering roots and logs and mud holes,
+and making a perfect surface for the sleighs, however heavily
+loaded, except where here and there the pitch-holes or cahots came.
+These cahots, by the way, though they became, especially toward the
+spring, a serious annoyance to teamsters, only added another to the
+delights that a sleigh-ride held for the boys.
+
+To Hughie, the ride this evening was blissful to an unspeakable
+degree. He was overflowing with new sensations. He was going to
+spend the night with Thomas, for one thing, and Thomas as his host
+was quite a new and different person from the Thomas of the school.
+The minister's wife, ever since the examination day, had taken a
+deeper interest in Thomas, and determined that something should be
+made out of the solemn, stolid, slow-moving boy. Partly for this
+reason she had yielded to Hughie's eager pleading, backing up the
+invitation brought by Thomas himself and delivered in an agony of
+red-faced confusion, that Hughie should be allowed to go home with
+him for the night. Partly, too, because she was glad that Hughie
+should see something of the Finch's home, and especially of
+the dark-faced, dark-eyed little woman who so silently and
+unobtrusively, but so efficiently, administered her home, her
+family, and their affairs, and especially her husband, without
+suspicion on his part that anything of the kind was being done.
+
+In addition to the joy that Hughie had in Thomas in his new role as
+host, this winter road was full of wonder and delight, as were all
+roads and paths that wound right through the heart of the bush.
+The regular made-up roads, with the forest cut back beyond the
+ditches at the sides, were a great weariness to Hughie, except
+indeed, in the springtime, when these ditches were running full
+with sun-lit water, over the mottled clay bottom and gravelly
+ripples. But the bush roads and paths, summer and winter, were
+filled with things of wonder and of beauty, and this particular
+winter road of the Finch's was best of all to Hughie, for it was
+quite new to him, and besides, it led right through the mysterious,
+big pine swamp and over the butternut ridge, beyond which lay the
+Finch's farm. Balsam-trees, tamarack, spruce, and cedar made up
+the thick underbrush of the pine swamp, white birch, white ash, and
+black were thickly sprinkled through it, but high above these
+lesser trees towered the white pines, lifting their great, tufted
+crests in lonely grandeur, seeming like kings among meaner men.
+Here and there the rabbit runways, packed into hard little paths,
+crossed the road and disappeared under the thick spruces and
+balsams; here and there, the sly, single track of the fox, or the
+deep hoof-mark of the deer, led off into unknown depths on either
+side. Hughie, sitting up on the bolster of the front bob beside
+Billy Jack, for even the big boys recognized his right, as Thomas'
+guest, to that coveted place, listened with eager face and wide-
+open eyes to Billy Jack's remarks upon the forest and its strange
+people.
+
+One thing else added to Hughie's keen enjoyment of the ride. Billy
+Jack's bays were always in the finest of fettle, and pulled hard on
+the lines, and were rarely allowed the rapture of a gallop. But
+when the swamp was passed and the road came to the more open
+butternut ridge, Billy Jack shook the lines over their backs and
+let them out. Their response was superb to witness, and brought
+Hughie some moments of ecstatic rapture. Along the hard-packed
+road that wound about among the big butternuts, the rangey bays
+sped at a flat gallop, bounding clear over the cahots, the booming
+of the bells and the rattling of the chains furnishing an
+exhilarating accompaniment to the swift, swaying motion, while the
+children clung for dear life to the bob-sleighs and to each other.
+It was all Billy Jack could do to get his team down to a trot by
+the time they reached the clearing, for there the going was
+perilous, and besides, it was just as well that his father should
+not witness any signs on Billy Jack's part of the folly that he was
+inclined to attribute to the rising generation. So steadily enough
+the bays trotted up the lane and between long lines of green
+cordwood on one side and a hay-stack on the other, into the yard,
+and swinging round the big straw-stack that faced the open shed,
+and was flanked on the right by the cow-stable and hog-pen, and on
+the left by the horse-stable, came to a full stop at their own
+stable door.
+
+"Thomas, you take Hughie into the house to get warm, till I
+unhitch," said Billy Jack, with the feeling that courtesy to the
+minister's son demanded this attention. But Hughie, rejecting this
+proposition with scorn, pushed Thomas aside and set himself to
+unhitch the S-hook on the outside trace of the nigh bay. It was
+one of Hughie's grievances, and a very sore point with him, that
+his father's people would insist on treating him in the privileged
+manner they thought proper to his father's son, and his chief
+ambition was to stand upon his own legs and to fare like other
+boys. So he scorned Billy Jack's suggestion, and while some of the
+children scurried about the stacks for a little romp before setting
+off for their homes, which some of them, for the sake of the ride,
+had left far behind, Hughie devoted himself to the unhitching of
+the team with Billy Jack. And so quick was he in his movements,
+and so fearless of the horses, that he had his side unhitched and
+was struggling with the breast-strap before Billy Jack had finished
+with his horse.
+
+"Man! you're a regular farmer," said Billy Jack, admiringly, "only
+you're too quick for the rest of us."
+
+Hughie, still struggling with the breast-strap, found his heart
+swell with pride. To be a farmer was his present dream.
+
+"But that's too heavy for you," continued Billy Jack. "Here, let
+down the tongue first."
+
+"Pshaw!" said Hughie, disgusted at his exhibition of ignorance, "I
+knew that tongue ought to come out first, but I forgot."
+
+"Oh, well, it's just as good that way, but not quite so easy," said
+Billy Jack, with doubtful consistency.
+
+It took Hughie but a few minutes after the tongue was let down to
+unfasten his end of the neck-yoke and the cross-lines, and he was
+beginning at his hame-strap, always a difficult buckle, when Billy
+Jack called out, "Hold on there! You're too quick for me. We'll
+make them carry their own harness into the stable. Don't believe
+in making a horse of myself." Billy Jack was something of a
+humorist.
+
+The Finch homestead was a model of finished neatness. Order was
+its law. Outside, the stables, barns, stacks, the very wood-piles,
+evidenced that law. Within, the house and its belongings and
+affairs were perfect in their harmonious arrangement. The whole
+establishment, without and within, gave token of the unremitting
+care of one organizing mind, for, from dark to dark, while others
+might have their moments of rest and careless ease, "the little
+mother," as Billy Jack called her, was ever on guard, and all the
+machinery of house and farm moved smoothly and to purpose because
+of that unsleeping care. She was last to bed and first to stir,
+and Billy Jack declared that she used to put the cats to sleep at
+night, and waken up the roosters in the morning. And through it
+all her face remained serene, and her voice flowed in quiet tones.
+Billy Jack adored her with all the might of his big heart and body.
+Thomas, slow of motion as of expression, found in her the center of
+his somewhat sluggish being. Jessac, the little dark-faced maiden
+of nine years, whose face was the very replica of her mother's,
+knew nothing in the world dearer, albeit in her daily little
+housewifely tasks she felt the gentle pressure of that steadfast
+mind and unyielding purpose. Her husband regarded her with a
+curious mingling of reverence and defiance, for Donald Finch was an
+obstinate man, with a man's love of authority, and a Scotchman's
+sense of his right to rule in his own house. But while he talked
+much about his authority, and made a great show of absolutism with
+his family, he was secretly conscious that another will than his
+had really kept things moving about the farm; for he had long ago
+learned that his wife was always right, while he might often be
+wrong, and that, withal her soft words and gentle ways, hers was a
+will like steel.
+
+Besides the law of order, another law ruled in the Finch household--
+the law of work. The days were filled with work, for they each
+had their share to do, and bore the sole responsibility for its
+being well done. If the cows failed in their milk, or the fat
+cattle were not up to the mark, the father felt the reproach as
+his; to Billy Jack fell the care and handling of the horses; Thomas
+took charge of the pigs, and the getting of wood and water for the
+house; little Jessac had her daily task of "sorting the rooms," and
+when the days were too stormy or the snow too deep for school, she
+had in addition her stent of knitting or of winding the yarn for
+the weaver. To the mother fell all the rest. At the cooking and
+the cleaning, and the making and the mending, all fine arts with
+her, she diligently toiled from long before dawn till after all the
+rest were abed. But besides these and other daily household duties
+there were, in their various seasons, the jam and jelly, the
+pumpkin and squash preserves, the butter-making and cheese-making,
+and more than all, the long, long work with the wool. Billy Jack
+used to say that the little mother followed that wool from the
+backs of her sheep to the backs of her family, and hated to let the
+weaver have his turn at it. What with the washing and the oiling
+of it, the carding and the spinning, the twisting and the winding,
+she never seemed to be done. And then, when it came back from the
+weaver in great webs of fulled-cloth and flannel and winsey, there
+was all the cutting, shaping, and sewing before the family could
+get it on their backs. True, the tailor was called in to help, but
+though he declared he worked no place else as he worked at the
+Finch's, it was Billy Jack's openly expressed opinion that "he
+worked his jaw more than his needle, for at meal-times he gave his
+needle a rest."
+
+But though Hughie, of course, knew nothing of this toiling and
+moiling, he was distinctly conscious of an air of tidiness and
+comfort and quiet, and was keenly alive to the fact that there was
+a splendid supper waiting him when he got in from the stables with
+the others, "hungry as a wild-cat," as Billy jack expressed it.
+And that WAS a supper! Fried ribs of fresh pork, and hashed
+potatoes, hot and brown, followed by buckwheat pancakes, hot and
+brown, with maple syrup. There was tea for the father and mother
+with their oat cakes, but for the children no such luxury, only the
+choice of buttermilk or sweet milk. Hughie, it is true, was
+offered tea, but he promptly declined, for though he loved it well
+enough, it was sufficient reason for him that Thomas had none. It
+took, however, all the grace out of his declining, that Mr. Finch
+remarked in gruff pleasantry, "What would a boy want with tea!"
+The supper was a very solemn meal. They were all too busy to talk,
+at least so Hughie felt, and as for himself, he was only afraid
+lest the others should "push back" before he had satisfied the
+terrible craving within him.
+
+After supper the books were taken, and in Gaelic, for though Donald
+Finch was perfectly able in English for business and ordinary
+affairs of life, when it came to the worship of God, he found that
+only in the ancient mother tongue could he "get liberty." As
+Hughie listened to the solemn reading, and then to the prayer that
+followed, though he could understand only a word now and again, he
+was greatly impressed with the rhythmic, solemn cadence of the
+voice, and as he glanced through his fingers at the old man's face,
+he was surprised to find how completely it had changed. It was no
+longer the face of the stern and stubborn autocrat, but of an
+earnest, humble, reverent man of God; and Hughie, looking at him,
+wondered if he would not be altogether nicer with his wife and boys
+after that prayer was done. He had yet to learn how obstinate and
+even hard a man can be and still have a great "gift in prayer."
+
+From the old man's face, Hughie's glance wandered to his wife's,
+and there was held fascinated. For the first time Hughie thought
+it was beautiful, and more than that, he was startled to find that
+it reminded him of his mother's. At once he closed his eyes, for
+he felt as if he had been prying where he had no right.
+
+After the prayer was over they all drew about the glowing polished
+kitchen stove with the open front, and set themselves to enjoy that
+hour which, more than any other, helps to weave into the memory the
+thoughts and feelings that in after days are associated with home.
+Old Donald drew forth his pipe, a pleased expectation upon his
+face, and after cutting enough tobacco from the black plug which
+he pulled from his trousers pocket, he rolled it fine, with
+deliberation, and packed it carefully into his briar-root pipe,
+from which dangled a tin cap; then drawing out some live coals from
+the fire, he with a quick motion picked one up, set it upon the top
+of the tobacco, and holding it there with his bare finger until
+Hughie was sure he would burn himself, puffed with hard, smacking
+puffs, but with a more comfortable expression than Hughie had yet
+seen him wear. Then, when it was fairly lit, he knocked off the
+coal, packed down the tobacco, put on the little tin cap, and sat
+back in his covered arm-chair, and came as near beaming upon the
+world as ever he allowed himself to come.
+
+"Here, Jessac," he said to the little dark-faced maiden slipping
+about the table under the mother's silent direction. Jessac
+glanced at her mother and hesitated. Then, apparently reading her
+mother's face, she said, "In a minute, da," and seizing the broom,
+which was much taller than herself, she began to brush up the
+crumbs about the table with amazing deftness. This task completed,
+and the crumbs being thrown into the pig's barrel which stood in
+the woodshed just outside the door, Jessac set her broom in the
+corner, hung up the dust-pan on its proper nail behind the stove,
+and then, running to her father, climbed up on his knee and
+snuggled down into his arms for an hour's luxurious laziness before
+the fire. Hughie gazed in amazement at her temerity, for Donald
+Finch was not a man to take liberties with; but as he gazed, he
+wondered the more, for again the face of the stern old man was
+transformed.
+
+"Be quaet now, lassie. Hear me now, I am telling you," he
+admonished the little girl in his arms, while there flowed over his
+face a look of half-shamed delight that seemed to fill up and
+smooth out all its severe lines.
+
+Hughie was still gazing and wondering when the old man, catching
+his earnest, wide-open gaze, broke forth suddenly, in a voice
+nearly jovial, "Well, lad, so you have taken up the school again.
+You will be having a fine time of it altogether."
+
+The lad, startled more by the joviality of his manner than by the
+suddenness of his speech, hastily replied, "Indeed, we are not,
+then."
+
+"What! what!" replied the old man, returning to his normal aspect
+of severity. "Do you not know that you have great privileges now?"
+
+"Huh!" grunted Hughie. "If we had Archie Munro again."
+
+"And what is wrong with the new man?"
+
+"Oh, I don't know. He's not a bit nice. He's--"
+
+"Too many rules," said Thomas, slowly.
+
+"Aha!" said his father, with a note of triumph in his tone; "so
+that's it, is it? He will be bringing you to the mark, I warrant
+you. And indeed it's high time, for I doubt Archie Munro was just
+a little soft with you."
+
+The old man's tone was aggravating enough, but his reference to the
+old master was too much for Hughie, and even Thomas was moved to
+words more than was his wont in his father's presence.
+
+"He has too many rules," repeated Thomas, stolidly, "and they will
+not be kept."
+
+"And he is as proud as he can be," continued Hughie. "Comes along
+with his cane and his stand-up collar, and lifts his hat off to the
+big girls, and--and--och! he's just as stuck-up as anything!"
+Hughie's vocabulary was not equal to his contempt.
+
+"There will not be much wrong with his cane in the Twentieth
+School, I dare say," went on the old man, grimly. "As for lifting
+his hat, it is time some of them were learning manners. When I was
+a boy we were made to mind our manners, I can tell you."
+
+"So are we!" replied Hughie, hotly; "but we don't go shoween off
+like that! And then himself and his rules!" Hughie's disgust was
+quite unutterable.
+
+"Rules!" exclaimed the old man. "Ay, that is what is the trouble."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, with a spice of mischief, "if Thomas is late
+for school he will have to bring a note of excuse."
+
+"Very good indeed. And why should he be late at all?"
+
+"And if any one wants a pencil he can't ask for it unless he gets
+permission from the master."
+
+"Capital!" said the old man, rubbing his hands delightedly. "He's
+the right sort, whatever."
+
+"And if you keep Thomas home a day or a week, you will have to
+write to the master about it," continued Hughie.
+
+"And what for, pray?" said the old man, hastily. "May I not keep--
+but-- Yes, that's a very fine rule, too. It will keep the boys
+from the woods, I am thinking."
+
+"But think of big Murdie Cameron holding up his hand to ask leave
+to speak to Bob Fraser!"
+
+"And why not indeed? If he's not too big to be in school he's not
+too big for that. Man alive! you should have seen the master in my
+school days lay the lads over the forms and warm their backs to
+them."
+
+"As big as Murdie?"
+
+"Ay, and bigger. And what's more, he would send for them to their
+homes, and bring them strapped to a wheel-barrow. Yon was a master
+for you!"
+
+Hughie snorted. "Huh! I tell you what, we wouldn't stand that.
+And we won't stand this man either."
+
+"And what will you be doing now, Hughie?" quizzed the old man.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, reddening at the sarcasm, "I will not do much,
+but the big boys will just carry him out."
+
+"And who will be daring to do that, Hughie?"
+
+"Well, Murdie, and Bob Fraser, and Curly Ross, and Don, and--and
+Thomas, there," added Hughie, fearing to hurt Thomas' feelings by
+leaving him out.
+
+"Ay," said the old man, shutting his lips tight on his pipestem and
+puffing with a smacking noise, "let me catch Thomas at that!"
+
+"And I would help, too," said Hughie, valiantly, fearing he had
+exposed his friend, and wishing to share his danger.
+
+"Well, your father would be seeing to that," said the old man, with
+great satisfaction, feeling that Hughie's discipline might be
+safely left in the minister's hands.
+
+There was a pause of a few moments, and then a quiet voice inquired
+gently, "He will be a very big man, Hughie, I suppose."
+
+"Oh, just ordinary," said Hughie, innocently, turning to Mrs.
+Finch.
+
+"Oh, then, they will not be requiring you and Thomas, I am
+thinking, to carry him out." At which Hughie and Billy Jack and
+Jessac laughed aloud, but Thomas and his father only looked
+stolidly into the fire.
+
+"Come, Thomas," said his mother, "take your fiddle a bit. Hughie
+will like a tune." There was no need of any further discussing the
+new master.
+
+But Thomas was very shy about his fiddle, and besides he was not in
+a mood for it; his father's words had rasped him. It took the
+united persuasions of Billy Jack and Jessac and Hughie to get the
+fiddle into Thomas' hands, but after a few tuning scrapes all
+shyness and moodiness vanished, and soon the reels and strathspeys
+were dropping from Thomas' flying fingers in a way that set
+Hughie's blood tingling. But when the fiddler struck into Money
+Musk, Billy Jack signed Jessac to him, and whispering to her, set
+her out on the middle of the floor.
+
+"Aw, I don't like to," said Jessac, twisting her apron into her
+mouth.
+
+"Come away, Jessac," said her mother, quietly, "do your best." And
+Jessac, laying aside shyness, went at her Highland reel with the
+same serious earnestness she gave to her tidying or her knitting.
+Daintily she tripped the twenty-four steps of that intricate,
+ancient dance of the Celt people, whirling, balancing, poising,
+snapping her fingers, and twinkling her feet in the true Highland
+style, till once more her father's face smoothed out its wrinkles,
+and beamed like a harvest moon. Hughie gazed, uncertain whether to
+allow himself to admire Jessac's performance, or to regard it with
+a boy's scorn, as she was only a girl. And yet he could not escape
+the fascination of the swift, rhythmic movement of the neat,
+twinkling feet.
+
+"Well done, Jessac, lass," said her father, proudly. "But what
+would the minister be saying at such frivolity?" he added, glancing
+at Hughie.
+
+"Huh! he can do it himself well enough," said Hughie, "and I tell
+you what, I only wish I could do it."
+
+"I'll show you," said Jessac, shyly, but for the first time in his
+life Hughie's courage failed, and though he would have given much
+to be able to make his feet twinkle through the mazes of the
+Highland reel, he could not bring himself to accept teaching from
+Jessac. If it had only been Thomas or Billy Jack who had offered,
+he would soon enough have been on the floor. For a moment he
+hesitated, then with a sudden inspiration, he cried, "All right.
+Do it again. I'll watch." But the mother said quietly, "I think
+that will do, Jessac. And I am afraid your father will be going
+with cold hands if you don't hurry with those mitts." And Jessac
+put up her lip with the true girl's grimace and went away for her
+knitting, to Hughie's disappointment and relief.
+
+Soon Billy Jack took down the tin lantern, pierced with holes into
+curious patterns, through which the candle-light rayed forth, and
+went out to bed the horses. In spite of protests from all the
+family, Hughie set forth with him, carrying the lantern and feeling
+very much the farmer, while Billy Jack took two pails of boiled
+oats and barley, with a mixture of flax-seed, which was supposed to
+give to the Finch's team their famous and superior gloss. When
+they returned from the stable they found in the kitchen Thomas, who
+was rubbing a composition of tallow and bees-wax into his boots to
+make them water-proof, and the mother, who was going about setting
+the table for the breakfast.
+
+"Too bad you have to go to bed, mother," said Billy Jack,
+struggling with his boot-jack. "You might just go on getting the
+breakfast, and what a fine start that would give you for the day."
+
+"You hurry, William John, to bed with that poor lad. What would
+his mother say? He must be fairly exhausted."
+
+"I'm not a bit tired," said Hughie, brightly, his face radiant with
+the delight of his new experiences.
+
+"You will need all your sleep, my boy," said the mother, kindly,
+"for we rise early here. But," she added, "you will lie till the
+boys are through with their work, and Thomas will waken you for
+your breakfast."
+
+"Indeed, no! I'm going to get up," announced Hughie.
+
+"But, Hughie," said Billy Jack, seriously, "if you and Thomas are
+going to carry out that man to-morrow, you will need a mighty lot
+of sleep to-night."
+
+"Hush, William John," said the mother to her eldest son, "you
+mustn't tease Hughie. And it's not good to be saying such things,
+even in fun, to boys like Thomas and Hughie."
+
+"That's true, mother, for they're rather fierce already."
+
+"Indeed, they are not that. And I am sure they will do nothing
+that will shame their parents."
+
+To this Hughie made no reply. It was no easy matter to harmonize
+the thought of his parents with the exploit of ejecting the master
+from the school, so he only said good night, and went off with the
+silent Thomas to bed. But in the visions of his head which haunted
+him the night long, racing horses and little girls with tossing
+curls and twinkling feet were strangely mingled with wild conflicts
+with the new master; and it seemed to him that he had hardly
+dropped off to sleep, when he was awake again to see Thomas
+standing beside him with a candle in his hand, announcing that
+breakfast was ready.
+
+"Have you been out to the stable?" he eagerly inquired, and Thomas
+nodded. In great disappointment and a little shamefacedly he made
+his appearance at the breakfast-table.
+
+It seemed to Hughie as if it must be still the night before, for it
+was quite dark outside. He had never had breakfast by candle-light
+before in his life, and he felt as if it all were still a part of
+his dreams, until he found himself sitting beside Billy Jack on a
+load of saw-logs, waving good by to the group at the door, the old
+man, whose face in the gray morning light had resumed its wonted
+severe look, the quiet, little dark-faced woman, smiling kindly at
+him and bidding him come again, and the little maid at her side
+with the dark ringlets, who glanced at him from behind the shelter
+of her mother's skirts, with shy boldness.
+
+As Hughie was saying his good bys, he was thinking most of the
+twinkling feet and the tossing curls, and so he added to his
+farewells, "Good by, Jessac. I'm going to learn that reel from you
+some day," and then, turning about, he straight-way forgot all
+about her and her reel, for Billy Jack's horses were pawing to be
+off, and rolling their solemn bells, while their breath rose in
+white clouds above their heads, wreathing their manes in hoary
+rime.
+
+"Git-ep, lads," said Billy Jack, hauling his lines taut and
+flourishing his whip. The bays straightened their backs, hung for
+a few moments on their tugs, for the load had frozen fast during
+the night, and then moved off at a smart trot, the bells solemnly
+booming out, and the sleighs creaking over the frosty snow.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, enthusiastically, "I wish I could draw logs all
+winter."
+
+"It's not too bad a job on a day like this," assented Billy Jack.
+And indeed, any one might envy him the work on such a morning.
+Over the treetops the rays of the sun were beginning to shoot their
+rosy darts up into the sky, and to flood the clearing with light
+that sparkled and shimmered upon the frost particles, glittering
+upon and glorifying snow and trees, and even the stumps and fences.
+Around the clearing stood the forest, dark and still, except for
+the frost reports that now and then rang out like pistol shots. To
+Hughie, the early morning invested the forest with a new beauty and
+a new wonder. The dim light of the dawning day deepened the
+silence, so that involuntarily he hushed his voice in speaking, and
+the deep-toned roll of the sleigh-bells seemed to smite upon that
+dim, solemn quiet with startling blows. On either side the balsams
+and spruces, with their mantles of snow, stood like white-swathed
+sentinels on guard--silent, motionless, alert. Hughie looked to
+see them move as the team drove past.
+
+As they left the more open butternut ridge and descended into the
+depths of the big pine swamp, the dim light faded into deeper
+gloom, and Hughie felt as if he were in church, and an awe gathered
+upon him.
+
+"It's awful still," he said to Billy Jack in a low tone, and Billy
+Jack, catching the look in the boy's face, checked the light word
+upon his lips, and gazed around into the deep forest glooms with
+new eyes. The mystery and wonder of the forest had never struck
+him before. It had hitherto been to him a place for hunting or for
+getting big saw-logs. But to-day he saw it with Hughie's eyes, and
+felt the majesty of its beauty and silence. For a long time they
+drove without a word.
+
+"Say, it's mighty fine, isn't it?" he said, adopting Hughie's low
+tone.
+
+"Splendid!" exclaimed Hughie. "My! I could just hug those big
+trees. They look at me like--like your mother, don't they, or
+mine?" But this was beyond Billy Jack.
+
+"Like my mother?"
+
+"Yes, you know, quiet and--and--kind, and nice."
+
+"Yes," said Thomas, breaking in for the first time, "that's just
+it. They do look, sure enough, like my mother and yours. They
+have both got that look."
+
+"Git-ep!" said Billy Jack to his team. "These fellows'll be
+ketchin' something bad if we don't get into the open soon.
+Shouldn't wonder if they've got 'em already, making out their
+mothers like an old white pine. Git-ep, I say!"
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "you know what I mean."
+
+"Not much I don't. But it don't matter so long as you're feelin'
+all right. This swamp's rather bad for the groojums."
+
+"What?" Hughie's eyes began to open wide as he glanced into the
+forest.
+
+"The groojums. Never heard of them things? They ketch a fellow in
+places like this when it's gettin' on towards midnight, and about
+daylight it's almost as bad."
+
+"What are they like?" asked Hughie, upon whom the spell of the
+forest lay.
+
+"Oh, mighty queer. Always crawl up on your back, and ye can't help
+twistin' round."
+
+Hughie glanced at Thomas and was at once relieved.
+
+"Oh, pshaw! Billy Jack, you can't fool me. I know you."
+
+"I guess you're safe enough now. They don't bother you much in the
+clearing," said Billy Jack, encouragingly.
+
+"Oh, fiddle! I'm not afraid."
+
+"Nobody is in the open, and especially in the daytime."
+
+"Oh, I don't care for your old groojums."
+
+"Guess you care more for your new boss yonder, eh?" said Billy
+Jack, nodding toward the school-house, which now came into view.
+
+"Oh," said Hughie, with a groan, "I just hate going to-day."
+
+"You'll be all right when you get there," said Billy Jack,
+cheerfully. "It's like goin' in swimmin'."
+
+Soon they were at the cross-roads.
+
+"Good by, Billy Jack," said Hughie, feeling as if he had been on a
+long, long visit. "I've had an awfully good time, and I'd like to
+go back with you."
+
+"Wish you would," said Billy Jack, heartily. "Come again soon.
+And don't carry out the master to-day. It looks like a storm; he
+might get cold."
+
+"He had better mind out, then," cried Hughie after Billy Jack, and
+set off with Thomas for the school. But neither Hughie nor Thomas
+had any idea of the thrilling experiences awaiting them in the
+Twentieth School before the week was done.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE CRISIS
+
+
+The first days of that week were days of strife. Murdie Cameron
+and Bob Fraser and the other big boys succeeded in keeping in line
+with the master's rules and regulations. They were careful never
+to be late, and so saved themselves the degradation of bringing an
+excuse. But the smaller boys set themselves to make the master's
+life a burden, and succeeded beyond their highest expectations, for
+the master was quick of temper, and was determined at all costs to
+exact full and prompt obedience. There was more flogging done
+those first six days than during any six months of Archie Munro's
+rule. Sometimes the floggings amounted to little, but sometimes
+they were serious, and when those fell upon the smaller boys, the
+girls would weep and the bigger boys would grind their teeth and
+swear.
+
+The situation became so acute that Murdie Cameron and the big boys
+decided that they would quit the school. They were afraid the
+temptation to throw the master out would some day be more than they
+could bear, and for men who had played their part, not without
+credit, in the Scotch River fights, to carry out the master would
+have been an exploit hardly worthy of them. So, in dignified
+contempt of the master and his rules, they left the school after
+the third day.
+
+Their absence did not help matters much; indeed, the master
+appeared to be relieved, and proceeded to tame the school into
+submission. It was little Jimmie Cameron who precipitated the
+crisis. Jimmie's nose, upon which he relied when struggling with
+his snickers, had an unpleasant trick of failing him at critical
+moments, and of letting out explosive snorts of the most disturbing
+kind. He had finally been warned that upon his next outburst
+punishment would fall.
+
+It was Friday afternoon, the drowsy hour just before recess, while
+the master was explaining to the listless Euclid class the
+mysteries of the forty-seventh proposition, that suddenly a snort
+of unusual violence burst upon the school. Immediately every eye
+was upon the master, for all had heard and had noted his threat to
+Jimmie.
+
+"James, was that you, sir?"
+
+There was no answer, except such as could be gathered from Jimmie's
+very red and very shamed face.
+
+"James, stand up!"
+
+Jimmie wriggled to his feet, and stood a heap of various angles.
+
+"Now, James, you remember what I promised you? Come here, sir!"
+
+Jimmie came slowly to the front, growing paler at each step, and
+stood with a dazed look on his face, before the master. He had
+never been thrashed in all his life. At home the big brothers
+might cuff him good-naturedly, or his mother thump him on the head
+with her thimble, but a serious whipping was to him an unknown
+horror.
+
+The master drew forth his heavy black strap with impressive
+deliberation and ominous silence. The preparations for punishment
+were so elaborate and imposing that the big boys guessed that the
+punishment itself would not amount to much. Not so Jimmie. He
+stood numb with fear and horrible expectation. The master lifted
+up the strap.
+
+"James, hold out your hand!"
+
+Jimmie promptly clutched his hand behind his back.
+
+"Hold out your hand, sir, at once!" No answer.
+
+"James, you must do as you are told. Your punishment for
+disobedience will be much severer than for laughing." But Jimmie
+stood pale, silent, with his hands tight clasped behind his back.
+
+The master stepped forward, and grasping the little boy's arm,
+tried to pull his hand to the front; but Jimmie, with a roar like
+that of a young bull, threw himself flat on his face on the floor
+and put his hands under him. The school burst into a laugh of
+triumph, which increased the master's embarrassment and rage.
+
+"Silence!" he said, "or it will be a worse matter for some of you
+than for James."
+
+Then turning his attention to Jimmie, be lifted him from the floor
+and tried to pull out his hand. But Jimmie kept his arms folded
+tight across his breast, roaring vigorously the while, and saying
+over and over, "Go away from me! Go away from me, I tell you! I'm
+not taking anything to do with you."
+
+The big boys were enjoying the thing immensely. The master's rage
+was deepening in proportion. He felt it would never do to be
+beaten. His whole authority was at stake.
+
+"Now, James," he reasoned, "you see you are only making it worse
+for yourself. I cannot allow any disobedience in the school. You
+must hold out your hand."
+
+But Jimmie, realizing that he had come off best in the first round,
+stood doggedly sniffing, his arms still folded tight.
+
+"Now, James, I shall give you one more chance. Hold out your
+hand."
+
+Jimmie remained like a statue.
+
+Whack! came the heavy strap over his shoulders. At once Jimmie set
+up his refrain, "Go away from me, I tell you! I'm not taking
+anything to do with you!"
+
+Whack! whack! whack! fell the strap with successive blows, each
+heavier than the last. There was no longer any laughing in the
+school. The affair was growing serious. The girls were beginning
+to sob, and the bigger boys to grow pale.
+
+"Now, James, will you hold out your hand? You see how much worse
+you are making it for yourself," said the master, who was heartily
+sick of the struggle, which he felt to be undignified, and the
+result of which he feared was dubious.
+
+But Jimmie only kept up his cry, now punctuated with sobs, "I'm--
+not--taking--anything--to do--with--you."
+
+"Jimmie, listen to me," said the master. "You must hold out your
+hand. I cannot have boys refusing to obey me in this school." But
+Jimmie caught the entreaty in the tone, and knowing that the battle
+was nearly over, kept obstinately silent.
+
+"Well, then," said the master, suddenly, "you must take it," and
+lifting the strap, he laid it with such sharp emphasis over
+Jimmie's shoulders that Jimmie's voice rose in a wilder roar than
+usual, and the girls burst into audible weeping.
+
+Suddenly, above all the hubbub, rose a voice, clear and sharp.
+
+"Stop!" It was Thomas Finch, of all people, standing with face
+white and tense, and regarding the master with steady eyes.
+
+The school gazed thunderstruck at the usually slow and stolid
+Thomas.
+
+"What do you mean, sir?" said the master, gladly turning from
+Jimmie. But Thomas stood silent, as much surprised as the master
+at his sudden exclamation.
+
+He stood hesitating for a moment, and then said, "You can thrash me
+in his place. He's a little chap, and has never been thrashed."
+
+The master misunderstood his hesitation for fear, pushed Jimmie
+aside, threw down his strap, and seized a birch rod.
+
+"Come forward, sir! I'll put an end to your insubordination, at
+any rate. Hold out your hand!"
+
+Thomas held out his hand till the master finished one birch rod.
+
+"The other hand, sir!"
+
+Another birch rod was used up, but Thomas neither uttered a sound
+nor made a move till the master had done, then he asked, in a
+strained voice, "Were you going to give Jimmie all that, sir?"
+
+The master caught the biting sneer in the tone, and lost himself
+completely.
+
+"Do you dare to answer me back?" he cried. He opened his desk,
+took out a rawhide, and without waiting to ask for his hand, began
+to lay the rawhide about Thomas's shoulders and legs, till he was
+out of breath.
+
+"Now, perhaps you will learn your place, sir," he said.
+
+"Thank you," said Thomas, looking him steadily in the eye.
+
+"You are welcome. And I'll give you as much more whenever you show
+that you need it." The slight laugh with which he closed this
+brutal speech made Thomas wince as he had not during his whole
+terrible thrashing, but still he had not a word to say.
+
+"Now, James, come here!" said the master, turning to Jimmie. "You
+see what happens when a boy is insubordinate." Jimmie came
+trembling. "Hold out your hand!" Out came Jimmie's hand at once.
+Whack! fell the strap.
+
+"The other!"
+
+"Stop it!" roared Thomas. "I took his thrashing."
+
+"The other!" said the master, ignoring Thomas.
+
+With a curious savage snarl Thomas sprung at him. The master,
+however, was on the alert, and swinging round, met him with a
+straight facer between the eyes, and Thomas went to the floor.
+
+"Aha! my boy! I'll teach you something you have yet to learn."
+
+For answer came another cry, "Come on, boys!" It was Ranald
+Macdonald, coming over the seats, followed by Don Cameron, Billy
+Ross, and some smaller boys. The master turned to meet them.
+
+"Come along!" he said, backing up to his desk. "But I warn you
+it's not a strap or a rawhide I shall use."
+
+Ranald paid no attention to his words, but came straight toward
+him, and when at arm's length, sprung at him with the cry, "Horo,
+boys!"
+
+But before he could lay his hands upon the master, he received a
+blow straight on the bridge of the nose that staggered him back,
+stunned and bleeding. By this time Thomas was up again, and
+rushing in was received in like manner, and fell back over a bench.
+
+"How do you like it, boys?" smiled the master. "Come right along."
+
+The boys obeyed his invitation, approaching him, but more warily,
+and awaiting their chance to rush. Suddenly Thomas, with a savage
+snarl, put his head down and rushed in beneath the master's guard,
+paid no attention to the heavy blow he received on the head, and
+locking his arms round the master's middle, buried his head close
+into his chest.
+
+At once Ranald and Billy Ross threw themselves upon the struggling
+pair and carried them to the floor, the master underneath. There
+was a few moments of fierce struggling, and then the master lay
+still, with the four boys holding him down for dear life.
+
+It was Thomas who assumed command.
+
+"Don't choke him so, Ranald," he said. "And clear out of the way,
+all you girls and little chaps."
+
+"What are you going to do, Thomas?" asked Don, acknowledging
+Thomas's new-born leadership.
+
+"Tie him up," said Thomas. "Get me a sash."
+
+At once two or three little boys rushed to the hooks and brought
+one or two of the knitted sashes that hung there, and Thomas
+proceeded to tie the master's legs.
+
+While he was thus busily engaged, a shadow darkened the door, and a
+voice exclaimed, "What is all this about?" It was the minister,
+who had been driving past and had come upon the terrified, weeping
+children rushing home.
+
+"Is that you, Thomas? And you, Don?"
+
+The boys let go their hold and stood up, shamed but defiant.
+
+Immediately the master was on his feet, and with a swift, fierce
+blow, caught Thomas on the chin. Thomas, taken off his guard, fell
+with a thud on the floor.
+
+"Stop that, young man!" said the minister, catching his arm.
+"That's a coward's blow."
+
+"Hands off!" said the master, shaking himself free and squaring up
+to him.
+
+"Ye would, would ye?" said the minister, gripping him by the neck
+and shaking him as he might a child. "Lift ye're hand to me, would
+ye? I'll break you're back to ye, and that I will." So saying,
+the minister seized him by the arms and held him absolutely
+helpless. The master ceased to struggle, and put down his hands.
+
+"Ay, ye'd better, my man," said the minister, giving him a fling
+backward.
+
+Meantime Don had been holding snow to Thomas's head, and had
+brought him round.
+
+"Now, then," said the minister to the boys, "what does all this
+mean?"
+
+The boys were all silent, but the master spoke.
+
+"It is a case of rank and impudent insubordination, sir, and I
+demand the expulsion of those impudent rascals."
+
+"Well, sir," said the minister, "be sure there will be a thorough
+investigation, and I greatly misjudge the case if there are not
+faults on both sides. And for one thing, the man who can strike
+such a cowardly blow as you did a moment ago would not be unlikely
+to be guilty of injustice and cruelty."
+
+"It is none of your business," said the master, insolently.
+
+"You will find that I shall make it my business," said the
+minister. "And now, boys, be off to your homes, and be here Monday
+morning at nine o'clock, when this matter shall be gone into."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+"ONE THAT RULETH WELL HIS OWN HOUSE"
+
+
+The news of the school trouble ran through the section like fire
+through a brule. The younger generations when they heard how
+Thomas Finch had dared the master, raised him at once to the rank
+of hero, but the heads of families received the news doubtfully,
+and wondered what the rising generation was coming to.
+
+The next day Billy Jack heard the story in the Twentieth store, and
+with some anxiety waited for the news to reach his father's ears,
+for to tell the truth, Billy Jack, man though he was, held his
+father in dread.
+
+"How did you come to do it?" he asked Thomas. "Why didn't you let
+Don begin? It was surely Don's business."
+
+"I don't know. It slipped out," replied Thomas. "I couldn't stand
+Jimmie's yelling any longer. I didn't know I said anything till I
+found myself standing up, and after that I didn't seem to care for
+anything."
+
+"Man! it was fine, though," said Billy Jack. "I didn't think it
+was in you." And Thomas felt more than repaid for all his cruel
+beating. It was something to win the approval of Billy Jack in an
+affair of this kind.
+
+It was at church on the Sabbath day that Donald Finch heard about
+his son's doings in the school the week before. The minister, in
+his sermon, thought fit to dwell upon the tendency of the rising
+generation to revolt against authority in all things, and solemnly
+laid upon parents the duty and responsibility of seeing to it that
+they ruled their households well.
+
+It was not just the advice that Donald Finch stood specially in
+need of, but he was highly pleased with the sermon, and was
+enlarging upon it in the churchyard where the people gathered
+between the services, when Peter McRae, thinking that old Donald
+was hardly taking the minister's advice to himself as he ought, and
+not knowing that the old man was ignorant of all that had happened
+in the school, answered him somewhat severely.
+
+"It is good to be approving the sermon, but I would rather be
+seeing you make a practical application of it."
+
+"Indeed, that is true," replied Donald, "and it would not be amiss
+for more than me to make application of it."
+
+"Indeed, then, if all reports be true," replied Peter, "it would be
+well for you to begin at home."
+
+"Mr. McRae," said Donald, earnestly, "it is myself that knows well
+enough my shortcomings, but if there is any special reason for your
+remark, I am not aware of it."
+
+This light treatment of what to Peter had seemed a grievous offense
+against all authority incensed the old dominie beyond all endurance.
+
+"And do you not think that the conduct of your son last week calls
+for any reproof? And is it you that will stand up and defend it in
+the face of the minister and his sermon upon it this day?"
+
+Donald gazed at him a few moments as if he had gone mad. At length
+he replied, slowly, "I do not wish to forget that you are an elder
+of the church, Mr. McRae, and I will not be charging you with
+telling lies on me and my family--"
+
+"Tut, tut, man," broke in Long John Cameron, seeing how the matter
+stood; "he's just referring to yon little difference Thomas had
+with the master last week. But it's just nothing. Come away in."
+
+"Thomas?" gasped Donald. "My Thomas?"
+
+"You have not heard, then," said Peter, in surprise, and old Donald
+only shook his head.
+
+"Then it's time you did," replied Peter, severely, "for such things
+are a disgrace to the community."
+
+"Nonsense!" said Long John. "Not a bit of it! I think none the
+less of Thomas for it." But in matters of this kind Long John
+could hardly be counted an authority, for it was not so very long
+ago since he had been beguiled into an affair at the Scotch River
+which, while it brought him laurels at the hands of the younger
+generation, did not add to his reputation with the elders of the
+church.
+
+It did not help matters much that Murdie Cameron and others of his
+set proceeded to congratulate old Donald, in their own way, upon
+his son's achievement, and with all the more fervor that they
+perceived that it moved the solemn Peter to righteous wrath. From
+one and another the tale came forth with embellishments, till
+Donald Finch was reduced to such a state of voiceless rage and
+humiliation that when, at the sound of the opening psalm the
+congregation moved into the church for the Gaelic service, the old
+man departed for his home, trembling, silent, amazed.
+
+How Thomas could have brought this disgrace upon him, he could not
+imagine. If it had been William John, who, with all his good
+nature, had a temper brittle enough, he would not have been
+surprised. And then the minister's sermon, of which he had spoken
+in such open and enthusiastic approval, how it condemned him for
+his neglect of duty toward his family, and held up his authority
+over his household to scorn. It was a terrible blow to his pride.
+
+"It is the Lord's judgment upon me," he said to himself, as he
+tramped his way through the woods. "It is the curse of Eli that is
+hanging over me and mine." And with many vows he resolved that, at
+all costs, he would do his duty in this crisis and bring Thomas to
+a sense of his sins.
+
+It was in this spirit that he met his family at the supper-table,
+after their return from the Gaelic service.
+
+"What is this I hear about you, Thomas?" he began, as Thomas came
+in and took his place at the table. "What is this I hear about
+you, sir?" he repeated, making a great effort to maintain a calm
+and judicial tone.
+
+Thomas remained silent, partly because he usually found speech
+difficult, but chiefly because he dreaded his father's wrath.
+
+"What is this that has become the talk of the countryside and the
+disgrace of my name?" continued the father, in deepening tones.
+
+"No very great disgrace, surely," said Billy Jack, lightly, hoping
+to turn his father's anger.
+
+"Be you silent, sir!" commanded the old man, sternly. "I will ask
+for your opinion when I require it. You and others beside you in
+this house need to learn your places."
+
+Billy Jack made no reply, fearing to make matters worse, though he
+found it hard not to resent this taunt, which he knew well was
+flung at his mother.
+
+"I wonder at you, Thomas, after such a sermon as yon. I wonder you
+are able to sit there unconcerned at this table. I wonder you are
+not hiding your head in shame and confusion." The old man was
+lashing himself into a white rage, while Thomas sat looking
+stolidly before him, his slow tongue finding no words of defense.
+And indeed, he had little thought of defending himself. He was
+conscious of an acute self-condemnation, and yet, struggling
+through his slow-moving mind there was a feeling that in some sense
+he could not define, there was justification for what he had done.
+
+"It is not often that Thomas has grieved you," ventured the mother,
+timidly, for, with all her courage, she feared her husband when he
+was in this mood.
+
+"Woman, be silent!" blazed forth the old man, as if he had been
+waiting for her words. "It is not for you to excuse his
+wickedness. You are too fond of that work, and your children are
+reaping the fruits of it."
+
+Billy Jack looked up quickly as if to answer, but his mother turned
+her face full upon him and commanded him with steady eyes, giving,
+herself, no sign of emotion except for a slight tightening of the
+lips and a touch of color in her face.
+
+"Your children have well learned their lesson of rebellion and
+deceit," continued her husband, allowing his passion a free rein.
+"But I vow unto the Lord I will put an end to it now, whatever.
+And I will give you to remember, sir," turning to Thomas, "to the
+end of your days, this occasion. And now, hence from this table.
+Let me not see your face till the Sabbath is past, and then, if the
+Lord spares me, I shall deal with you."
+
+Thomas hesitated a moment as if he had not quite taken in his
+father's words, then, leaving his supper untouched, he rose slowly,
+and without a word climbed the ladder to the loft. The mother
+followed him a moment with her eyes, and then once more turning to
+Billy Jack, held him with calm, steady gaze. Her immediate fear
+was for her eldest son. Thomas, she knew, would in the mean time
+simply suffer what might be his lot, but for many a day she had
+lived in terror of an outbreak between her eldest son and her
+husband. Again Billy Jack caught her look, and commanded himself
+to silence.
+
+"The fire is low, William John," she said, in a quiet voice. Billy
+Jack rose, and from the wood-box behind the stove, replenished the
+fire, reading perfectly his mother's mind, and resolving at all
+costs to do her will.
+
+At the taking of the books that night the prayer, which was spoken
+in a tone of awful and almost inaudible solemnity, was for the most
+part an exaltation of the majesty and righteousness of the
+government of God, and a lamentation over the wickedness and
+rebellion of mankind. And Billy Jack thought it was no good augury
+that it closed with a petition for grace to maintain the honor of
+that government, and to uphold that righteous majesty in all the
+relations of life. It was a woeful evening to them all, and as
+soon as possible the household went miserably to bed.
+
+Before going to her room the mother slipped up quietly to the loft
+and found Thomas lying in his bunk, dressed and awake. He was
+still puzzling out his ethical problem. His conscience clearly
+condemned him for his fight with the master, and yet, somehow he
+could not regret having stood up for Jimmie and taken his
+punishment. He expected no mercy at his father's hands next
+morning. The punishment he knew would be cruel enough, but it was
+not the pain that Thomas was dreading; he was dimly struggling with
+the sense of outrage, for ever since the moment he had stood up and
+uttered his challenge to the master, he had felt himself to be
+different. That moment now seemed to belong to the distant years
+when he was a boy, and now he could not imagine himself submitting
+to a flogging from any man, and it seemed to him strange and almost
+impossible that even his father should lift his hand to him.
+
+"You are not sleeping, Thomas," said his mother, going up to his
+bunk.
+
+"No, mother."
+
+"And you have had no supper at all."
+
+"I don't want any, mother."
+
+The mother sat silent beside him for a time, and then said, quietly,
+"You did not tell me, Thomas."
+
+"No, mother, I didn't like."
+
+"It would have been better that your father should have heard this
+from--I mean, should have heard it at home. And--you might have
+told me, Thomas."
+
+"Yes, mother, I wish now I had. But, indeed, I can't understand
+how it happened. I don't feel as if it was me at all." And then
+Thomas told his mother all the tale, finishing his story with the
+words, "And I couldn't help it, mother, at all."
+
+The mother remained silent for a little, and then, with a little
+tremor in her voice, she replied: "No, Thomas, I know you couldn't
+help it, and I--" here her voice quite broke--"I am not ashamed of
+you."
+
+"Are you not, mother?" said Thomas, sitting up suddenly in great
+surprise. "Then I don't care. I couldn't make it out well."
+
+"Never you mind, Thomas, it will be well," and she leaned over him
+and kissed him. Thomas felt her face wet with tears, and his
+stolid reserve broke down.
+
+"Oh, mother, mother, I don't care now," he cried, his breath coming
+in great sobs. "I don't care at all." And he put his arms round
+his mother, clinging to her as if he had been a child.
+
+"I know, laddie, I know," whispered his mother. "Never you fear,
+never fear." And then, as if to herself, she added, "Thank the
+Lord you are not a coward, whatever."
+
+Thomas found himself again without words, but he held his mother
+fast, his big body shaking with his sobs.
+
+"And, Thomas," she continued, after a pause, "your father--we must
+just be patient." All her life long this had been her struggle.
+"And--and--he is a good man." Her tears were now flowing fast, and
+her voice had quite lost its calm.
+
+Thomas was alarmed and distressed. He had never in all his life
+seen his mother weep, and rarely had heard her voice break.
+
+"Don't, mother," he said, growing suddenly quiet himself. "Don't
+you mind, mother. It'll be all right, and I'm not afraid."
+
+"Yes," she said, rising and regaining her self-control, "it will be
+all right, Thomas. You go to sleep." And there were such evident
+reserves of strength behind her voice that Thomas lay down, certain
+that all would be well. His mother had never failed him.
+
+The mother went downstairs with the purpose in her heart of having
+a talk with her husband, but Donald Finch knew her ways well, and
+had resolved that he would have no speech with her upon the matter,
+for he knew that it would be impossible for him to persevere in his
+intention to "deal with" Thomas, if he allowed his wife to have any
+talk with him.
+
+The morning brought the mother no opportunity of speech with her
+husband. He, contrary to his custom, remained until breakfast in
+his room. Outside in the kitchen, he could hear Billy Jack's
+cheerful tones and hearty laugh, and it angered him to think that
+his displeasure should have so little effect upon his household.
+If the house had remained shrouded in gloom, and the family had
+gone about on tiptoes and with bated breath, it would have shown no
+more than a proper appreciation of the father's displeasure; but as
+Billy Jack's cheerful words and laughter fell upon his ear, he
+renewed his vows to do his duty that day in upholding his
+authority, and bringing to his son a due sense of his sin.
+
+In grim silence he ate his breakfast, except for a sharp rebuke to
+Billy Jack, who had been laboring throughout the meal to make
+cheerful conversation with Jessac and his mother. At his father's
+rebuke Billy Jack dropped his cheerful tone, and avoiding his
+mother's eyes, he assumed at once an attitude of open defiance, his
+tones and words plainly offering to his father war, if war he would
+have.
+
+"You will come to me in the room after breakfast," said his father,
+as Thomas rose to go to the stable.
+
+"There's a meeting of the trustees at nine o'clock at the school-
+house at which Thomas must be present," interposed Billy Jack, in
+firm, steady tones.
+
+"He may go when I have done with him," said his father, angrily,
+"and meantime you will attend to your own business."
+
+"Yes, sir, I will that!" Billy Jack's response came back with
+fierce promptness.
+
+The old man glanced at him, caught the light in his eyes, hesitated
+a moment, and then, throwing all restraint to the winds, thundered
+out, "What do you mean, sir?"
+
+"What I say. I am going to attend to my own business, and that
+soon." Billy Jack's tone was quick, eager, defiant.
+
+Again the old man hesitated, and then replied, "Go to it, then."
+
+"I am going, and I am going to take Thomas to that meeting at nine
+o'clock."
+
+"I did not know that you had business there," said the old man,
+sarcastically.
+
+"Then you may know it now," blazed forth Billy Jack, "for I am
+going. And as sure as I stand here, I will see that Thomas gets
+fair play there if he doesn't at home, if I have to lick every
+trustee in the section."
+
+"Hold your peace, sir!" said his father, coming nearer him. "Do
+not give me any impertinence, and do not accuse me of unfairness."
+
+"Have you heard Thomas's side of the story?" returned Billy Jack.
+
+"I have heard enough, and more than enough."
+
+"You haven't heard both sides."
+
+"I know the truth of it, whatever, the shameful and disgraceful
+truth of it. I know that the country-side is ringing with it. I
+know that in the house of God the minister held up my family to the
+scorn of the people. And I vowed to do my duty to my house."
+
+The old man's passion had risen to such a height that for a moment
+Billy Jack quailed before it. In the pause that followed the old
+man's outburst the mother came to her son.
+
+"Hush, William John! You are not to forget yourself, nor your duty
+to your father and to me. Thomas will receive full justice in this
+matter." There was a quiet strength and dignity in her manner that
+commanded immediate attention from both men.
+
+The mother went on in a low, even voice, "Your father has his duty
+to perform, and you must not take upon yourself to interfere."
+
+Billy Jack could hardly believe his ears. That his mother should
+desert him, and should support what he knew she felt to be
+injustice and tyranny, was more than he could understand. No less
+perplexed was her husband.
+
+As they stood there looking at each other, uncertain as to the next
+step, there came a knock at the back door. The mother went to open
+it, pausing on her way to push back some chairs and put the room to
+rights, thus allowing the family to regain its composure.
+
+"Good morning, Mrs. Finch. You will be thinking I have slept in
+your barn all night." It was Long John Cameron.
+
+"Come away in, Mr. Cameron. It is never too early for friends to
+come to this house," said Mrs. Finch, her voice showing her great
+relief.
+
+Long John came in, glanced shrewdly about, and greeted Mr. Finch
+with great heartiness.
+
+"It's a fine winter day, Mr. Finch, but it looks as if we might
+have a storm. You are busy with the logs, I hear."
+
+Old Donald was slowly recovering himself.
+
+"And a fine lot you are having," continued Long John. "I was just
+saying the other day that it was wonderful the work you could get
+through."
+
+"Indeed, it is hard enough to do anything here," said Donald Finch,
+with some bitterness.
+
+"You may say so," responded Long John, cheerfully. "The snow is
+that deep in the bush, and--"
+
+"You were wanting to see me, Mr. Cameron," interrupted Donald. "I
+have a business on hand which requires attention."
+
+"Indeed, and so have I. For it is--"
+
+"And indeed, it is just as well you and all should know it, for my
+disgrace is well known."
+
+"Disgrace!" exclaimed Long John.
+
+"Ay, disgrace. For is it not a disgrace to have the conduct of
+your family become the occasion of a sermon on the Lord's Day?"
+
+"Indeed, I did not think much of yon sermon, whatever," replied
+Long John.
+
+"I cannot agree with you, Mr. Cameron. It was a powerful sermon,
+and it was only too sorely needed. But I hope it will not be
+without profit to myself."
+
+"Indeed, it is not the sermon you have much need of," said Long
+John, "for every one knows what a--"
+
+"Ay, it is myself that needs it, but with the help of the Lord I
+will be doing my duty this morning."
+
+"And I am very glad to hear that," replied Long John, "for that is
+why I am come."
+
+"And what may you have to do with it?" asked the old man.
+
+"As to that, indeed," replied Long John, coolly, "I am not yet
+quite sure. But if I might ask without being too bold, what is the
+particular duty to which you are referring?"
+
+"You may ask, and you and all have a right to know, for I am about
+to visit upon my son his sins and shame."
+
+"And is it meaning to wheep him you are?"
+
+"Ay," said the old man, and his lips came fiercely together.
+
+"Indeed, then, you will just do no such thing this morning."
+
+"And by what right do you interfere in my domestic affairs?"
+demanded old Donald, with dignity. "Answer me that, Mr. Cameron."
+
+"Right or no right," replied Long John, "before any man lays a
+finger on Thomas there, he will need to begin with myself. And,"
+he added, grimly, "there are not many in the county who would care
+for that job."
+
+Old Donald Finch looked at his visitor in speechless amazement. At
+length Long John grew excited.
+
+"Man alive!" he exclaimed, "it's a quare father you are. You may
+be thinking it disgrace, but the section will be proud that there
+is a boy in it brave enough to stand up for the weak against a
+brute bully." And then he proceeded to tell the tale as he had
+heard it from Don, with such strong passion and such rude vigor,
+that in spite of himself old Donald found his rage vanish, and his
+heart began to move within him toward his son.
+
+"And it is for that," cried Long John, dashing his fist into his
+open palm, "it is for that that you would punish your son. May God
+forgive me! but the man that lays a finger on Thomas yonder, will
+come into sore grief this day. Ay, lad," continued Long John,
+striding toward Thomas and gripping him by the shoulders with both
+hands, "you are a man, and you stood up for the weak yon day, and
+if you efer will be wanting a friend, remember John Cameron."
+
+"Well, well, Mr. Cameron," said old Donald, who was more deeply
+moved than he cared to show, "it maybe as you say. It maybe the
+lad was not so much in the wrong."
+
+"In the wrong?" roared Long John, blowing his nose hard. "In the
+wrong? May my boys ever be in the wrong in such a way!"
+
+"Well," said old Donald, "we shall see about this. And if Thomas
+has suffered injustice it is not his father will refuse to see him
+righted." And soon they were all off to the meeting at the school-
+house.
+
+Thomas was the last to leave the room. As usual, he had not been
+able to find a word, but stood white and trembling, but as he found
+himself alone with his mother, once more his stolid reserve broke
+down, and he burst into a strange and broken cry, "Oh, mother,
+mother," but he could get no further.
+
+"Never mind, laddie," said his mother, "you have borne yourself
+well, and your mother is proud of you."
+
+At the investigation held in the school-house, it became clear
+that, though the insubordination of both Jimmie and Thomas was
+undeniable, the provocation by the master had been very great. And
+though the minister, who was superintendent of instruction for the
+district, insisted that the master's authority must, at all costs,
+be upheld, such was the rage of old Donald Finch and Long John
+Cameron that the upshot was that the master took his departure from
+the section, glad enough to escape with bones unbroken.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+FOXY
+
+
+After the expulsion of the master, the Twentieth School fell upon
+evil days, for the trustees decided that it would be better to try
+"gurl" teachers, as Hughie contemptuously called them; and this
+policy prevailed for two or three years, with the result that the
+big boys left the school, and with their departure the old heroic
+age passed away, to be succeeded by an age soft, law-abiding, and
+distinctly commercial.
+
+The spirit of this unheroic age was incarnate in the person of
+"Foxy" Ross. Foxy got his name, in the first instance, from the
+peculiar pinky red shade of hair that crowned his white, fat face,
+but the name stuck to him as appropriately descriptive of his
+tricks and his manners. His face was large, and smooth, and fat,
+with wide mouth, and teeth that glistened when he smiled. His
+smile was like his face, large, and smooth, and fat. His eyes,
+which were light gray--white, Hughie called them--were shifty,
+avoiding the gaze that sought to read them, or piercingly keen,
+according as he might choose.
+
+After the departure of the big boys, Foxy gradually grew in
+influence until his only rival in the school was Hughie. Foxy's
+father was the storekeeper in the Twentieth, and this brought
+within Foxy's reach possibilities of influence that gave him an
+immense advantage over Hughie. By means of bull's-eyes and
+"lickerish" sticks, Foxy could win the allegiance of all the
+smaller boys and many of the bigger ones, while with the girls,
+both big and small, his willingness to please and his smooth
+manners won from many affection, and from the rest toleration,
+although Betsy Dan Campbell asserted that whenever Foxy Ross came
+near her she felt something creeping up her backbone.
+
+With the teacher, too, Foxy was a great favorite. He gave her
+worshipful reverence and many gifts from his father's store,
+eloquent of his devotion. He was never detected in mischief, and
+was always ready to expose the misdemeanors of the other boys.
+Thus it came that Foxy was the paramount influence within the
+school.
+
+Outside, his only rival was Hughie, and at times Hughie's rivalry
+became dangerous. In all games that called for skill, activity,
+and reckless daring, Hughie was easily leader. In "Old Sow,"
+"Prisoner's Base," but especially in the ancient and noble game of
+"Shinny," Hughie shone peerless and supreme. Foxy hated games, and
+shinny, the joy of those giants of old, who had torn victory from
+the Sixteenth, and even from the Front one glorious year, was at
+once Foxy's disgust and terror. As a little boy, he could not for
+the life of him avoid turning his back to wait shuddering, with
+humping shoulders, for the enemy's charge, and in anything like a
+melee, he could not help jumping into the air at every dangerous
+stroke.
+
+And thus he brought upon himself the contempt even of boys much
+smaller than himself, who, under the splendid and heroic example of
+those who led them, had only one ambition, to get a whack at the
+ball, and this ambition they gratified on every possible occasion
+reckless of consequences. Hence, when the last of the big boys,
+Thomas Finch, against whose solid mass hosts had flung themselves
+to destruction, finally left the school, Foxy, with great skill,
+managed to divert the energies of the boys to games less violent
+and dangerous, and by means of his bull's-eyes and his liquorice,
+and his large, fat smile, he drew after him a very considerable
+following of both girls and boys.
+
+The most interesting and most successful of Foxy's schemes was the
+game of "store," which he introduced, Foxy himself being the
+storekeeper. He had the trader's genius for discovering and
+catering to the weaknesses of people, and hence his store became,
+for certain days of the week, the center of life during the
+recreation hours. The store itself was a somewhat pretentious
+successor to the little brush cabin with wide open front, where in
+the old days the boys used to gather, and lying upon piles of
+fragrant balsam boughs before the big blazing fire placed in front,
+used to listen to the master talk, and occasionally read.
+
+Foxy's store was built of slabs covered with thick brush, and
+set off with a plank counter and shelves, whereon were displayed
+his wares. His stock was never too large for his personal
+transportation, but its variety was almost infinite, bull's-eyes
+and liquorice, maple sugar and other "sweeties," were staples.
+Then, too, there were balls of gum, beautifully clear, which in its
+raw state Foxy gathered from the ends of the pine logs at the
+sawmill, and which, by a process of boiling and clarifying known
+only to himself, he brought to a marvelous perfection.
+
+But Foxy's genius did not confine itself to sweets. He would buy
+and sell and "swap" anything, but in swapping no bargain was ever
+completed unless there was money for Foxy in the deal. He had
+goods second-hand and new, fish-hooks and marbles, pot-metal knives
+with brass handles, slate-pencils that would "break square," which
+were greatly desired by all, skate-straps, and buckskin whangs.
+
+But Foxy's financial ability never displayed itself with more
+brilliancy than when he organized the various games of the school
+so as to have them begin and end with the store. When the river
+and pond were covered with clear, black ice, skating would be the
+rage, and then Foxy's store would be hung with skate-straps, and
+with cedar-bark torches, which were greatly in demand for the
+skating parties that thronged the pond at night. There were no
+torches like Foxy's. The dry cedar bark any one could get from the
+fences, but Foxy's torches were always well soaked in oil and bound
+with wire, and were prepared with such excellent skill that they
+always burned brighter and held together longer than any others.
+These cedar-bark torches Foxy disposed of to the larger boys who
+came down to the pond at night. Foxy's methods of finance were
+undoubtedly marked by ability, and inasmuch as his accounts were
+never audited, the profits were large and sure. He made it a point
+to purchase a certain proportion of his supplies from his father,
+who was proud of his son's financial ability, but whether his
+purchases always equaled his sales no one ever knew.
+
+If the pond and river were covered with snow, then Foxy would
+organize a deer-hunt, when all the old pistols in the section would
+be brought forth, and the store would display a supply of gun caps,
+by the explosion of which deadly ammunition the deer would be
+dropped in their tracks, and drawn to the store by prancing steeds
+whose trappings had been purchased from Foxy.
+
+When the interest in the deer-hunt began to show signs of waning,
+Foxy would bring forth a supply of gunpowder, for the purchase of
+which any boy who owned a pistol would be ready to bankrupt
+himself. In this Hughie took a leading part, although he had to
+depend upon the generosity of others for the thrilling excitement
+of bringing down his deer with a pistol-shot, for Hughie had never
+been able to save coppers enough to purchase a pistol of his own.
+
+But deer-hunting with pistols was forbidden by the teacher from the
+day when Hughie, in his eagerness to bring his quarry down, left
+his ramrod in his pistol, and firing at Aleck Dan Campbell at
+point-blank range, laid him low with a lump on the side of his head
+as big as a marble. The only thing that saved Aleck's life, the
+teacher declared, was his thick crop of black hair. Foxy was in
+great wrath at Hughie for his recklessness, which laid the deer-
+hunting under the teacher's ban, and which interfered seriously
+with the profits of the store.
+
+But Foxy was far too great a man to allow himself to be checked by
+any such misfortune as this. He was far too astute to attempt to
+defy the teacher and carry on the forbidden game, but with great
+ability he adapted the principles of deer-hunting to a game even
+more exciting and profitable. He organized the game of "Injuns,"
+some of the boys being set apart as settlers who were to defend the
+fort, of which the store was the center, the rest to constitute the
+invading force of savages.
+
+The result was, that the trade in caps and gunpowder was brisker
+than ever, for not only was the powder needed for the pistols, but
+even larger quantities were necessary for the slow-matches which
+hissed their wrath at the approaching enemy, and the mounted guns,
+for which earthen ink-bottles did excellently, set out on a big
+stump to explode, to the destruction of scores of creeping redskins
+advancing through the bush, who, after being mutilated and mangled
+by these terrible explosions, were dragged into the camp and
+scalped. Foxy's success was phenomenal. The few pennies and fewer
+half-dimes and dimes that the boys had hoarded for many long weeks
+would soon have been exhausted had Hughie not wrecked the game.
+
+Hughie alone had no fear of Foxy, but despised him utterly. He had
+stood and yelled when those heroes of old, Murdie and Don Cameron,
+Curly Ross, and Ranald Macdonald, and last but not to be despised
+Thomas Finch, had done battle with the enemy from the Sixteenth or
+the Front, and he could not bring himself to acknowledge the
+leadership of Foxy Ross, for all his bull's-eyes and liquorice.
+Not but what Hughie yearned for bull's-eyes and liquorice with
+great yearning, but these could not atone to him for the loss out
+of his life of the stir and rush and daring of the old fighting
+days. And it galled him that the boys of the Sixteenth could flout
+the boys of the Twentieth in all places and on all occasions with
+impunity.
+
+But above all, it seemed to him a standing disgrace that the
+habitant teamsters from the north, who in former days found it a
+necessary and wise precaution to put their horses to a gallop as
+they passed the school, in order to escape with sleighs intact from
+the hordes that lined the roadway, now drove slowly past the very
+gate without an apparent tremor. But besides all this, he had an
+instinctive shrinking from Foxy, and sympathized with Betsy Dan in
+her creepy feeling whenever he approached. Hence he refused
+allegiance, and drew upon himself Foxy's jealous hatred.
+
+It was one of Foxy's few errors in judgment that, from his desire
+to humiliate Hughie and to bring him to a proper state of
+subjection, he succeeded in shutting him out from the leadership in
+the game of "Injuns," for Hughie promptly refused a subordinate
+position and withdrew, like Achilles, to his tent. But, unlike
+Achilles, though he sulked, he sulked actively, and to some
+purpose, for, drawing off with him his two faithful henchmen,
+"Fusie"--neither Hughie nor any one else ever knew another name for
+the little French boy who had drifted into the settlement and made
+his home with the MacLeods--and Davie "Scotch," a cousin of Davie
+MacDougall, newly arrived from Scotland, he placed them in
+positions which commanded the store entrance, and waited until the
+settlers had all departed upon their expedition against the
+invading Indians. Foxy, with one or two smaller boys, was left in
+charge of the store waiting for trade.
+
+In a few moments Foxy's head appeared at the door, when, whiz! a
+snowball skinned his ear and flattened itself with a bang against
+the slabs.
+
+"Hold on there! Stop that! You're too close up," shouted Foxy,
+thinking that the invaders were breaking the rules of the game.
+
+Bang! a snowball from another quarter caught him fair in the neck.
+
+"Here, you fools, you! Stop that!" cried Foxy, turning in the
+direction whence the snowball came and dodging round to the side of
+the store. But this was Hughie's point of attack, and soon Foxy
+found that the only place of refuge was inside, whither he fled,
+closing the door after him. Immediately the door became a target
+for the hidden foe.
+
+Meantime, the Indian war was progressing, but now and again a
+settler would return to the fort for ammunition, and the moment he
+reached the door a volley of snowballs would catch him and hasten
+his entrance. Once in it was dangerous to come out.
+
+By degrees Hughie augmented his besieging force from the more
+adventurous settlers and Indians, and placed them in the bush
+surrounding the door.
+
+The war game was demoralized, but the new game proved so much more
+interesting that it was taken up with enthusiasm and prosecuted
+with vigor. It was rare sport. For the whole noon hour Hughie
+and his bombarding force kept Foxy and his friends in close
+confinement, from which they were relieved only by the ringing of
+the school bell, for at the sound of the bell Hughie and his men,
+having had their game, fled from Foxy's wrath to the shelter of the
+school.
+
+When Foxy appeared it was discovered that one eye was half shut,
+but the light that gleamed from the other was sufficiently baleful
+to give token of the wrath blazing within, and Hughie was not a
+little anxious to know what form Foxy's vengeance would take. But
+to his surprise, by the time recess had come Foxy's wrath had
+apparently vanished, and he was willing to treat Hughie's exploit
+in the light of a joke. The truth was, Foxy never allowed passion
+to interfere with business, and hence he resolved that he must
+swallow his rage, for he realized clearly that Hughie was far too
+dangerous as a foe, and that he might become exceedingly valuable
+as an ally. Within a week Hughie was Foxy's partner in business,
+enjoying hugely the privilege of dispensing the store goods, with
+certain perquisites that naturally attached to him as storekeeper.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+FOXY'S PARTNER
+
+
+It was an evil day for Hughie when he made friends with Foxy and
+became his partner in the store business, for Hughie's hoardings
+were never large, and after buying a Christmas present for his
+mother, according to his unfailing custom, they were reduced to a
+very few pennies indeed. The opportunities for investment in his
+new position were many and alluring. But all Hughie's soul went
+out in longing for a pistol which Foxy had among his goods, and
+which would fire not only caps, but powder and ball, and his
+longing was sensibly increased by Foxy generously allowing him to
+try the pistol, first at a mark, which Hughie hit, and then at a
+red squirrel, which he missed. By day Hughie yearned for this
+pistol, by night he dreamed of it, but how he might secure it for
+his own he did not know.
+
+Upon this point he felt he could not consult his mother, his usual
+counselor, for he had an instinctive feeling that she would not
+approve of his having a pistol in his possession; and as for his
+father, Hughie knew he would soon make "short work of any such
+folly." What would a child like Hughie do with a pistol? He had
+never had a pistol in all his life. It was difficult for the
+minister to realize that young Canada was a new type, and he would
+have been more than surprised had any one told him that already
+Hughie, although only twelve, was an expert with a gun, having for
+many a Saturday during the long, sunny fall roamed the woods, at
+first in company with Don, and afterwards with Don's gun alone, or
+followed by Fusie or Davie Scotch. There was thus no help for
+Hughie at home. The price of the pistol reduced to the lowest
+possible sum, was two dollars and a half, which Foxy declared was
+only half what he would charge any one else but his partner.
+
+"How much have you got altogether?" he asked Hughie one day, when
+Hughie was groaning over his poverty.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes," was Hughie's disconsolate reply. He
+had often counted them over. "Of course," he went on, "there's my
+XL knife. That's worth a lot, only the point of the big blade's
+broken."
+
+"Huh!" grunted Foxy, "there's jist the stub left."
+
+"It's not!" said Hughie, indignantly. "It's more than half, then.
+And it's bully good stuff, too. It'll nick any knife in the
+school"; and Hughie dived into his pocket and pulled out his knife
+with a handful of boy's treasures.
+
+"Hullo!" said Foxy, snatching a half-dollar from Hughie's hand,
+"whose is that?"
+
+"Here, you, give me that! That's not mine," cried Hughie.
+
+"Whose is it, then?"
+
+"I don't know. I guess it's mother's. I found it on the kitchen
+floor, and I know it's mother's."
+
+"How do you know?"
+
+"I know well enough. She often puts money on the window, and it
+fell down. Give me that, I tell you!" Hughie's eyes were blazing
+dangerously, and Foxy handed back the half-dollar.
+
+"O, all right. You're a pretty big fool," he said, indifferently.
+"'Losers seekers, finders keepers.' That's my rule."
+
+Hughie was silent, holding his precious half-dollar in his hand,
+deep in his pocket.
+
+"Say," said Foxy, changing the subject, "I guess you had better pay
+up for your powder and caps you've been firing."
+
+"I haven't been firing much," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"Well, you've been firing pretty steady for three weeks."
+
+"Three weeks! It isn't three weeks."
+
+"It is. There's this week, and last week when the ink-bottle bust
+too soon and burnt Fusie's eyebrows, and the week before when you
+shot Aleck Dan, and it was the week before that you began, and
+that'll make it four."
+
+"How much?" asked Hughie, desperately, resolved to know the worst.
+
+Foxy had been preparing for this. He took down a slate-pencil box
+with a sliding lid, and drew out a bundle of crumbled slips which
+Hughie, with sinking heart, recognized as his own vouchers.
+
+"Sixteen pennies." Foxy had taken care of this part of the
+business.
+
+"Sixteen!" exclaimed Hughie, snatching up the bunch.
+
+"Count them yourself," said Foxy, calmly, knowing well he could
+count on Hughie's honesty.
+
+"Seventeen," said Hughie, hopelessly.
+
+"But one of those I didn't count," said Foxy, generously. "That's
+the one I gave you to try at the first. Now, I tell you," went on
+Foxy, insinuatingly, "you have got how much at home?" he inquired.
+
+"Six pennies and two dimes." Hughie's tone indicated despair.
+
+"You've got six pennies and two dimes. Six pennies and two dimes.
+That's twenty--that's thirty-two cents. Now if you paid me that
+thirty-two cents, and if you could get a half-dollar anywhere, that
+would be eighty-two. I tell you what I would do. I would let you
+have that pistol for only one dollar more. That ain't much," he
+said.
+
+"Only a dollar more," said Hughie, calculating rapidly. "But where
+would I get the fifty cents?" The dollar seemed at that moment to
+Hughie quite a possible thing, if only the fifty cents could be
+got. The dollar was more remote, and therefore less pressing.
+
+Foxy had an inspiration.
+
+"I tell you what. You borrow that fifty cents you found, and then
+you can pay me eighty-two cents, and--and--" he hesitated--"perhaps
+you will find some more, or something."
+
+Hughie's eyes were blazing with great fierceness.
+
+Foxy hastened to add, "And I'll let you have the pistol right off,
+and you'll pay me again some time when you can, the other dollar."
+
+Hughie checked the indignant answer that was at his lips. To have
+the pistol as his own, to take home with him at night, and to keep
+all Saturday--the temptation was great, and coming suddenly upon
+Hughie, was too much for him. He would surely, somehow, soon pay
+back the fifty cents, he argued, and Foxy would wait for the
+dollar. And yet that half-dollar was not his, but his mother's,
+and more than that, if he asked her for it, he was pretty sure she
+would refuse. But then, he doubted his mother's judgment as to his
+ability to use firearms, and besides, this pistol at that price was
+a great bargain, and any of the boys might pick it up. Poor
+Hughie! He did not know how ancient was that argument, nor how
+frequently it had done duty in smoothing the descent to the lower
+regions. The pistol was good to look at, the opportunity of
+securing it was such as might not occur again, and as for the half-
+dollar, there could be no harm in borrowing that for a little
+while.
+
+That was Foxy's day of triumph, but to Hughie it was the beginning
+of many woeful days and nights. And his misery came upon him swift
+and sure, in the very moment that he turned in from the road at the
+manse gate, for he knew that at the end of the lane would be his
+mother, and his winged feet, upon which he usually flew from the
+gate home, dragged heavily.
+
+He found his mother, not at the door, but in the large, pleasant
+living-room, which did for all kinds of rooms in the manse. It was
+dining-room and sewing-room, nursery and playroom, but it was
+always a good room to enter, and in spite of playthings strewn
+about, or snippings of cloth, or other stour, it was always a place
+of brightness and of peace, for it was there the mother was most
+frequently to be found. This evening she was at the sewing-machine
+busy with Hughie's Sunday clothes, with the baby asleep in the
+cradle beside her in spite of the din of the flying wheels, and
+little Robbie helping to pull through the long seam. Hughie shrank
+from the warm, bright, loving atmosphere that seemed to fill the
+room, hating to go in, but in a moment he realized that he must
+"make believe" with his mother, and the pain of it and the shame of
+it startled and amazed him. He was glad that his mother did not
+notice him enter, and by the time he had put away his books he had
+braced himself to meet her bright smile and her welcome kiss.
+
+The mother did not apparently notice his hesitation.
+
+"Well, my boy, home again?" she cried, holding out her hand to him
+with the air of good comradeship she always wore with him. "Are
+you very hungry?"
+
+"You bet!" said Hughie, kissing her, and glad of the chance to get
+away.
+
+"Well, you will find something pretty nice in the pantry we saved
+for you. Guess what."
+
+"Don't know."
+
+"I know," shouted Robbie. "Pie! It's muzzie's pie. Muzzie tept
+it for 'oo."
+
+"Now, Robbie, you were not to tell," said his mother, shaking her
+finger at him.
+
+"O-o-o, I fordot," said Robbie, horrified at his failure to keep
+his promise.
+
+"Never mind. That's a lesson you will have to learn many times,
+how to keep those little lips shut. And the pie will be just as
+good."
+
+"Thank you, mother," said Hughie. "But I don't want your pie."
+
+"My pie!" said the mother. "Pie isn't good for old women."
+
+"Old women!" said Hughie, indignantly. "You're the youngest and
+prettiest woman in the congregation," he cried, and forgetting for
+the moment his sense of meanness, he threw his arms round his
+mother.
+
+"Oh, Hughie, shame on you! What a dreadful flatterer you are!"
+said his mother. "Now, run away to your pie, and then to your
+evening work, my boy, and we will have a good lesson together after
+supper."
+
+Hughie ran away, glad to get out of her presence, and seizing the
+pie, carried it out to the barn and hurled it far into the snow.
+He felt sure that a single bite of it would choke him.
+
+If he could only have seen Foxy any time for the next hour, how
+gladly would he have given him back his pistol, but by the time he
+had fed his cow and the horses, split the wood and carried it in,
+and prepared kindling for the morning's fires, he had become
+accustomed to his new self, and had learned his first lesson in
+keeping his emotions out of his face. But from that night, and
+through all the long weeks of the breaking winter, when games in
+the woods were impossible by reason of the snow and water, and when
+the roads were deep with mud, Hughie carried his burden with him,
+till life was one long weariness and dread.
+
+And through these days he was Foxy's slave. A pistol without
+ammunition was quite useless. Foxy's stock was near at hand. It
+was easy to write a voucher for a penny's worth of powder or caps,
+and consequently the pile in Foxy's pencil-box steadily mounted
+till Hughie was afraid to look at it. His chance of being free
+from his own conscience was still remote enough.
+
+During these days, too, Foxy reveled in his power over his rival,
+and ground his slave in bitter bondage, subjecting him to such
+humiliation as made the school wonder and Hughie writhe; and if
+ever Hughie showed any sign of resentment or rebellion, Foxy could
+tame him to groveling submission by a single word. "Well, I guess
+I'll go down to-night to see your mother," was all he needed to say
+to make Hughie grovel again. For with Hughie it was not the fear
+of his father's wrath and heavy punishment, though that was
+terrible enough, but the dread that his mother should know, that
+made him grovel before his tyrant, and wake at night in a cold
+sweat. His mother's tender anxiety for his pale face and gloomy
+looks only added to the misery of his heart.
+
+He had no one in whom he could confide. He could not tell any of
+the boys, for he was unwilling to lose their esteem, besides, it
+was none of their business; he was terrified of his father's wrath,
+and from his mother, his usual and unfailing resort in every
+trouble of his whole life, he was now separated by his terrible
+secret.
+
+Then Foxy began to insist upon payment of his debts. Spring was at
+hand, the store would soon be closed up, for business was slack in
+the summer, and besides, Foxy had other use for his money.
+
+"Haven't you got any money at all in your house?" Foxy sneered one
+day, when Hughie was declaring his inability to meet his debts.
+
+"Of course we have," cried Hughie, indignantly.
+
+"Don't believe it," said Foxy, contemptuously.
+
+"Father's drawer is sometimes full of dimes and half-dimes. At
+least, there's an awful lot on Mondays, from the collections, you
+know," said Hughie.
+
+"Well, then, you had better get some for me, somehow," said Foxy.
+"You might borrow some from the drawer for a little while."
+
+"That would be stealing," said Hughie.
+
+"You wouldn't mean to keep it," said Foxy. "You would only take it
+for a while. It would just be borrowing."
+
+"It wouldn't," said Hughie, firmly. "It's taking out of his
+drawer. It's stealing, and I won't steal."
+
+"Huh! you're mighty good all at once. What about that half-
+dollar?"
+
+"You said yourself that wasn't stealing," said Hughie, passionately.
+
+"Well, what's the difference? You said it was your mother's, and
+this is your father's. It's all the same, except that you're
+afraid to take your father's."
+
+"I'm not afraid. At least it isn't that. But it's different to
+take money out of a drawer, that isn't your own."
+
+"Huh! Mighty lot of difference! Money's money, wherever it is.
+Besides, if you borrowed this from your father, you could pay back
+your mother and me. You would pay the whole thing right off."
+
+Once more Hughie argued with himself. To be free from Foxy's
+hateful tyranny, and to be clear again with his mother--for that he
+would be willing to suffer almost anything. But to take money out
+of that drawer was awfully like stealing. Of course he would pay
+it back, and after all it would only be borrowing. Besides, it
+would enable him to repay what he owed to his mother and to Foxy.
+Through all the mazes of specious argument Hughie worked his way,
+arriving at no conclusion, except that he carried with him a
+feeling that if he could by some means get that money out of the
+drawer in a way that would not be stealing, it would be a vast
+relief, greater than words could tell.
+
+That night brought him the opportunity. His father and mother were
+away at the prayer meeting. There was only Jessie left in the
+house, and she was busy with the younger children. With the firm
+resolve that he would not take a single half-dime from his father's
+drawer, he went into the study. He would like to see if the drawer
+were open. Yes, it was open, and the Sabbath's collection lay
+there with all its shining invitation. He tried making up the
+dollar and a half out of the dimes and half-dimes. What a lot of
+half-dimes it took! But when he used the quarters and dimes, how
+much smaller the piles were. Only two quarters and five dimes made
+up the dollar, and the pile in the drawer looked pretty much the
+same as before. Another quarter-dollar withdrawn from the drawer
+made little difference. He looked at the little heaps on the
+table. He believed he could make Foxy take that for his whole
+debt, though he was sure he owed him more. Perhaps he had better
+make certain. He transferred two more dimes and a half-dime from
+the drawer to the table. It was an insignificant little heap.
+That would certainly clear off his whole indebtedness and make him
+a free man.
+
+He slipped the little heaps of money from the table into his
+pocket, and then suddenly he realized that he had never decided to
+take the money. The last resolve he could remember making was
+simply to see how the dollar and a half looked. Without noticing,
+he had passed the point of final decision. Alas! like many
+another, Hughie found the going easy and the slipping smooth upon
+the down incline. Unconsciously he had slipped into being a thief.
+
+Now he could not go back. His absorbing purpose was concealment.
+Quietly shutting the drawer, he was slipping hurriedly up to his
+own room, when on the stairway he met Jessie.
+
+"What are you doing here, Jessie?" he asked, sharply.
+
+"Putting Robbie off to bed," said Jessie, in surprise. "What's the
+matter with you?"
+
+"What's the matter?" echoed Hughie, smitten with horrible fear that
+perhaps she knew. "I just wanted to know," he said, weakly.
+
+He slipped past her, holding his pocket tight lest the coins should
+rattle. When he reached his room he stood listening in the dark to
+Jessie going down the stairs. He was sure she suspected something.
+He would go back and put the money in the drawer again, whenever
+she reached the kitchen. He stood there with his heart-beats
+filling his ears, waiting for the kitchen door to slam.
+
+Then he resolved he would wrap the money up in paper and put it
+safely away, and go down and see if Jessie knew. He found one of
+his old copybooks, and began tearing out a leaf. What a noise it
+made! Robbie would surely wake up, and then Jessie would come back
+with the light. He put the copy-book under the quilt, and holding
+it down firmly with one hand, removed the leaf with the other.
+With great care he wrapped up the dimes and half-dimes by
+themselves. They fitted better together. Then he took up the
+quarters, and was proceeding to fold them in a similar parcel, when
+he heard Jessie's voice from below.
+
+"Hughie, what are you doing?" She was coming up the stair.
+
+He jumped from the bed to go to meet her. A quarter fell on the
+floor and rolled under the bed. It seemed to Hughie as if it would
+never stop rolling, and as if Jessie must hear it. Wildly he
+scrambled on the floor in the dark, seeking for the quarter, while
+Jessie came nearer and nearer.
+
+"Are you going to bed already, Hughie?" she asked.
+
+Quickly Hughie went out to the hall to meet her.
+
+"Yes," he yawned, gratefully seizing upon her suggestion. "I'm
+awfully sleepy. Give me the candle, Jessie," he said, snatching it
+from her hand. "I want to go downstairs."
+
+"Hughie, you are very rude. What would your mother say? Let me
+have the candle immediately, I want to get Robbie's stockings."
+
+Hughie's heart stood still.
+
+"I'll throw them down, Jessie. I want the candle downstairs just a
+minute."
+
+"Leave that candle with me," insisted Jessie. "There's another on
+the dining-room table you can get."
+
+"I'll not be a minute," said Hughie, hurrying downstairs. "You
+come down, Jessie, I want to ask you something. I'll throw you
+Robbie's stockings."
+
+"Come back here, the rude boy that you are," said Jessie, crossly,
+"and bring me that candle."
+
+There was no reply. Hughie was standing, pale and shaking, in the
+dining-room, listening intently for Jessie's step. Would she go
+into his room, or would she come down? Every moment increased the
+agony of his fear.
+
+At length, with a happy inspiration, he went to the cupboard,
+opened the door noisily, and began rattling the dishes.
+
+"Mercy me!" he heard Jessie exclaim at the top of the stair. "That
+boy will be my death. Hughie," she called, "just shut that
+cupboard! You know your mother doesn't like you to go in there."
+
+"I only want a little," called out Hughie, still moving the dishes,
+and hearing, to his great relief, Jessie's descending step. In
+desperation he seized a dish of black currant preserves which he
+found on the cupboard shelf, and spilled it over the dishes and
+upon the floor just as Jessie entered the room.
+
+"Land sakes alive, boy! Will you never be done your mischief?" she
+cried, rushing toward him.
+
+"Oh!" he said, "I spilt it."
+
+"Spilt it!" echoed Jessie, indignantly, "you needn't be telling me
+that. Bring me a cloth from the kitchen."
+
+"I don't know where it is, Jessie," cried Hughie, slipping upstairs
+again with his candle.
+
+To his great relief he saw that Jessie's attention was so entirely
+taken up with removing the stains of the preserves from the
+cupboard shelves and dishes, that she for the moment forgot
+everything else, Robbie's stockings included.
+
+Hurrying to his room, and shading the candle with his hand lest the
+light should waken his little brother, he hastily seized the money
+upon the bed quilt, and after a few moments' searching under the
+bed, found the strayed quarter.
+
+With these in his hand he passed into his mother's room. Leaving
+the candle there, he came back to the head of the stairs and
+listened for a moment, with great satisfaction, to Jessie muttering
+to herself while she cleaned up the mess he had made. Then he
+turned, and with trembling fingers he swiftly made up the quarter-
+dollars into another parcel. With a great sigh of relief he put
+the two parcels in his pocket, and seizing his candle turned to
+leave the room. As he did so, he caught sight of himself in the
+glass. With a great shock of surprise he stood gazing at the
+terrified, white face, with the staring eyes.
+
+"What a fool I am!" he said, looking at himself in the glass.
+"Nobody will know, and I'll pay this back soon."
+
+His eyes wandered to a picture which stood on a little shelf beside
+the glass. It was a picture of his mother, the one he loved best
+of all he had ever seen of her.
+
+There was a sudden stab of pain at his heart, his breath came in a
+great sob. For a moment he looked into the eyes that looked back
+at him so full of love and reproach.
+
+"I won't do it," he said, grinding his teeth hard, and forthwith
+turned to go to his father's study.
+
+But as he left the room he saw Jessie half-way up the stairs.
+
+"What are you doing now?" she cried, wrathfully. "Up to some
+mischief, I doubt."
+
+With a sudden, inexplicable rage, Hughie turned toward her.
+
+"It's none of your business! You mind your own business, will you,
+and leave me alone." The terrible emotions of the last few minutes
+were at the back of his rage.
+
+"Just wait, you," said Jessie, "till your mother comes. Then
+you'll hear it."
+
+"You shut your mouth!" cried Hughie, his passion sweeping his whole
+being like a tempest. "You shut your mouth, you old cat, or I'll
+throw this candle at you." He raised the candle high in his hand
+as he spoke, and altogether looked so desperate that Jessie stood
+in terror lest he should make good his threat.
+
+"Stop, now, Hughie," she entreated. "You will be setting the house
+on fire."
+
+Hughie hesitated a moment, and then turned from her, and going into
+his room, banged the door in her face, and Jessie, not knowing what
+to make of it all, went slowly downstairs again, forgetting once
+more Robbie's stockings.
+
+"The old cat!" said Hughie to himself. "She just stopped me. I
+was going to put it back."
+
+The memory that he had resolved to undo his wrong brought him a
+curious sense of relief.
+
+"I was just going to put it back," he said, "when she had to
+interfere."
+
+He was conscious of a sense of injury against Jessie. It was not
+his fault that that money was not now in the drawer.
+
+"I'll put it back in the morning, anyhow," he said, firmly. But
+even as he spoke he was conscious of an infinality in his
+determination, while he refused to acknowledge to himself a secret
+purpose to leave the question open till the morning. But this
+determination, inconclusive though it was, brought him a certain
+calm of mind, so that when his mother came into his room she found
+him sound asleep.
+
+She stood beside his bed looking down upon him for a few moments,
+with face full of anxious sadness.
+
+"There's something wrong with the boy," she said to herself,
+stooping to kiss him. "There's something wrong with him," she
+repeated, as she left the room. "He's not the same."
+
+During these weeks she had been conscious that Hughie had changed
+in some way to her. The old, full, frank confidence was gone.
+There was a constraint in his manner she could not explain. "He is
+no longer a child," she would say to herself, seeking to allay the
+pain in her heart. "A boy must have his secrets. It is foolish in
+me to think anything else. Besides, he is not well. He is growing
+too fast." And indeed, Hughie's pale, miserable face gave ground
+enough for this opinion.
+
+"That boy is not well," she said to her husband.
+
+"Which boy?"
+
+"Hughie," she replied. "He is looking miserable, and somehow he is
+different."
+
+"Oh, nonsense! He eats well enough, and sleeps well enough," said
+her husband, making light of her fears.
+
+"There's something wrong," repeated his wife. "And he hates his
+school."
+
+"Well, I don't wonder at that," said her husband, sharply. "I
+don't see how any boy of spirit could take much pleasure in that
+kind of a school. The boys are just wasting their time, and worse
+than that, they have lost all the old spirit. I must see to it
+that the policy of those close-fisted trustees is changed. I am
+not going to put up with those chits of girls teaching any longer."
+
+"There may be something in what you say," said his wife, sadly,
+"but certainly Hughie is always begging to stay at home from
+school."
+
+"And indeed, he might as well stay home," answered her husband,
+"for all the good he gets."
+
+"I do wish we had a good man in charge," replied his wife, with a
+great sigh. "It is very important that these boys should have a
+good, strong man over them. How much it means to a boy at Hughie's
+time of life! But so few are willing to come away into the
+backwoods here for so small a salary."
+
+Suddenly her husband laid down his pipe.
+
+"I have it!" he exclaimed. "The very thing! Wouldn't this be the
+very thing for young Craven. You remember, the young man that
+Professor MacLauchlan was writing about."
+
+His wife shook her head very decidedly.
+
+"Not at all," she said. "Didn't Professor MacLauchlan say he was
+dissipated?"
+
+"O, just a little wild. Got going with some loose companions. Out
+here there would be no temptation."
+
+"I am not at all sure of that," said his wife, "and I would not
+like Hughie to be under his influence."
+
+"MacLauchlan says he is a young man of fine disposition and of fine
+parts," argued her husband, "and if temptation were removed from
+him he believes he would turn out a good man."
+
+Mrs. Murray shook her head doubtfully. "He is not the man to put
+Hughie under just now."
+
+"What are we to do with Hughie?" replied her husband. "He is
+getting no good in the school as it is, and we cannot send him away
+yet."
+
+"Send him away!" exclaimed his wife. "No, no, not a child like
+that."
+
+"Craven might be a very good man," continued her husband. "He
+might perhaps live with us. I know you have more than enough to do
+now," he added, answering her look of dismay, "but he would be a
+great help to Hughie with his lessons, and might start him in his
+classics. And then, who knows what you might make of the young
+man."
+
+Mrs. Murray did not respond to her husband's smile, but only
+replied, "I am sure I wish I knew what is the matter with the boy,
+and I wish he could leave school for a while."
+
+"O, the boy is all right," said her husband, impatiently. "Only a
+little less noisy, as far as I can see."
+
+"No, he is not the same," replied his wife. "He is different to
+me." There was almost a cry of pain in her voice.
+
+"Now, now, don't imagine things. Boys are full of notions at
+Hughie's age. He may need a change, but that is all."
+
+With this the mother tried to quiet the tumult of anxious fear and
+pain she found rising in her heart, but long after the house was
+still, and while both her boy and his father lay asleep, she kept
+pouring forth that ancient sacrifice of self-effacing love before
+the feet of God.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+HUGHIE'S EMANCIPATION
+
+
+Hughie rose late next morning, and the hurry and rush of getting
+off to school in time left him no opportunity to get rid of the
+little packages in his pocket, that seemed to burn and sting him
+through his clothes. He determined to keep them safe in his pocket
+all day and put them back in the drawer at night. His mother's
+face, white with her long watching, and sad and anxious in spite of
+its brave smile, filled him with such an agony of remorse that,
+hurrying through his breakfast, he snatched a farewell kiss, and
+then tore away down the lane lest he should be forced to confess
+all his terrible secret.
+
+The first person who met him in the school-yard was Foxy.
+
+"Have you got that?" was his salutation.
+
+A sudden fury possessed Hughie.
+
+"Yes, you red-headed, sneaking fox," he answered, "and I hope it
+will bring you the curse of luck, anyway."
+
+Foxy hurried him cautiously behind the school, with difficulty
+concealing his delight while Hughie unrolled his little bundles and
+counted out the quarters and dimes and half dimes into his hand.
+
+"There's a dollar, and there's a quarter, and--and--there's
+another," he added, desperately, "and God may kill me on the spot
+if I give you any more!"
+
+"All right, Hughie," said Foxy, soothingly, putting the money into
+his pocket. "You needn't be so mad about it. You bought the
+pistol and the rest right enough, didn't you?"
+
+"I know I did, but--but you made me, you big, sneaking thief--and
+then you--" Hughie's voice broke in his rage. His face was pale,
+and his black eyes were glittering with fierce fury, and in his
+heart he was conscious of a wild longing to fall upon Foxy and tear
+him to pieces. And Foxy, big and tall as he was, glanced at
+Hughie's face, and saying not a word, turned and fled to the front
+of the school where the other boys were.
+
+Hughie followed slowly, his heart still swelling with furious rage,
+and full of an eager desire to be at Foxy's smiling, fat face.
+
+At the school door stood Miss Morrison, the teacher, smiling down
+upon Foxy, who was looking up at her with an expression of such
+sweet innocence that Hughie groaned out between his clenched teeth,
+"Oh, you red-headed devil, you! Some day I'll make you smile out
+of the other side of your big, fat mouth."
+
+'Who are you swearing at?" It was Fusie.
+
+"Oh, Fusie," cried Hughie, "let's get Davie and get into the woods.
+I'm not going in to-day. I hate the beastly place, and the whole
+gang of them."
+
+Fusie, the little, harum-scarum French waif was ready for anything
+in the way of adventure. To him anything was better than the even
+monotony of the school routine. True, it might mean a whipping
+both from the teacher and from Mrs. McLeod; but as to the teacher's
+whipping, Fusie was prepared to stand that for a free day in the
+woods, and as to the other, Fusie declared that Mrs. McLeod's
+whipping "wouldn't hurt a skeeter."
+
+To Davie Scotch, however, playing truant was a serious matter. He
+had been reared in an atmosphere of reverence for established law
+and order, but when Hughie gave command, to Davie there seemed
+nothing for it but to obey.
+
+The three boys watched till the school was called, and then
+crawling along on their stomachs behind the heavy cedar-log fence,
+they slipped into the balsam thicket at the edge of the woods and
+were safe. Here they flung down their schoolbags, and lying prone
+upon the fragrant bed of pine-needles strewn thickly upon the moss,
+they peered out through the balsam boughs at the house of their
+bondage with an exultant sense of freedom and a feeling of pity, if
+not of contempt, for the unhappy and spiritless creatures who were
+content to be penned inside any house on such a day as this, and
+with such a world outside.
+
+For some minutes they rolled about upon the soft moss and balsam-
+needles and the brown leaves of last year, till their hearts were
+running over with a deep and satisfying delight. It is hard to
+resist the ministry of the woods. The sympathetic silence of the
+trees, the aromatic airs that breathe through the shady spaces, the
+soft mingling of broken lights--these all combine to lay upon the
+spirit a soothing balm, and bring to the heart peace. And Hughie,
+sensitive at every pore to that soothing ministry, before long
+forgot for a time even Foxy, with his fat, white face and smiling
+mouth, and lying on the broad of his back, and looking up at the
+far-away blue sky through the interlacing branches and leaves, he
+began to feel again that it was good to be alive, and that with all
+his misery there were compensations.
+
+But any lengthened period of peaceful calm is not for boys of the
+age and spirit of Hughie and his companions.
+
+"What are you going to do?" asked Fusie, the man of adventure.
+
+"Do nothing," said Hughie from his supine position. "This is good
+enough for me."
+
+"Not me," said Fusie, starting to climb a tall, lithe birch, while
+Hughie lazily watched him. Soon Fusie was at the top of the birch,
+which began to sway dangerously.
+
+"Try to fly into that balsam," cried Hughie.
+
+"No, sir!"
+
+"Yes, go on."
+
+"Can't do it."
+
+"Oh, pshaw! you can."
+
+"No, nor you either. That's a mighty big jump."
+
+"Come on down, then, and let me try," said Hughie, in scorn. His
+laziness was gone in the presence of a possible achievement.
+
+In a few minutes he had taken Fusie's place a the top of the
+swaying birch. It did not look so easy from the top of the birch
+as from the ground to swing into the balsam-tree. However, he
+could not go back now.
+
+"Dinna try it, Hughie!" cried Davie to him. "Ye'll no mak it, and
+ye'll come an awfu' cropper, as sure as deith." But Hughie,
+swaying gently back and forth, was measuring the distance of his
+drop. It was not a feat so very difficult, but it called for good
+judgment and steady nerve. A moment too soon or a moment too late
+in letting go, would mean a nasty fall of twenty feet or more upon
+the solid ground, and one never knew just how one would light.
+
+"I wudna dae it, Hughie," urged Davie, anxiously.
+
+But Hughie, swaying high in the birch, heeded not the warning, and
+suddenly swinging out from the slender trunk and holding by his
+hands, he described a parabola, and releasing the birch dropped on
+to the balsam top. But balsam-trees are of uncertain fiber, and
+not to be relied upon, and this particular balsam, breaking off
+short in Hughie's hands, allowed him to go crashing through the
+branches to the earth.
+
+"Man! man!" cried Davie Scotch, bending over Hughie as he lay white
+and still upon the ground. "Are ye deid? Maircy me! he's deid,"
+sobbed Davie, wringing his hands. "Fusie, Fusie, ye gowk! where
+are ye gone?"
+
+In a moment or two Fusie reappeared through the branches with a
+capful of water, and dashed it into Hughie's face, with the result
+that the lad opened his eyes, and after a gasp or two, sat up and
+looked about him.
+
+"Och, laddie, laddie, are ye no deid?" said Davie Scotch.
+
+"What's the matter with you, Scottie?" asked Hughie, with a
+bewildered look about him. "And who's been throwing water all over
+me?" he added, wrathfully, as full consciousness returned.
+
+"Man! I'm glad to see ye mad. Gang on wi' ye," shouted Davie,
+joyously. "Ye were deid the noo. Ay, clean deid. Was he no,
+Fusie?" Fusie nodded.
+
+"I guess not," said Hughie. "It was that rotten balsam top,"
+looking vengefully at the broken tree.
+
+"Lie doon, man," said Davie, still anxiously hovering about him.
+"Dinna rise yet awhile."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, and he struggled to his feet; "I'm all
+right." But as he spoke he sank down upon the moss, saying, "I
+feel kind of queer, though."
+
+"Lie still, then, will ye," said Davie, angrily. "Ye're fair
+obstinate."
+
+"Get me some water, Fusie," said Hughie, rather weakly.
+
+"Run, Fusie, ye gomeril, ye!"
+
+In a minute Fusie was back with a capful of water.
+
+"That's better. I'm all right now," said Hughie, sitting up.
+
+"Hear him!" said Davie. "Lie ye doon there, or I'll gie ye a crack
+that'll mak ye glad tae keep still."
+
+For half an hour the boys lay on the moss discussing the accident
+fully in all its varying aspects and possibilities, till the sound
+of wheels came up the road.
+
+"Who's that, Fusie?" asked Hughie, lazily.
+
+"Dunno me," said Fusie, peering through the trees.
+
+"Do you, Scotty?"
+
+"No, not I."
+
+Hughie crawled over to the edge of the brush.
+
+"Why, you idiots! it's Thomas Finch. Thomas!" he called, but
+Thomas drove straight on. In a moment Hughie sprang up, forgetting
+all about his weakness, and ran out to the roadside.
+
+"Hello, Thomas!" he cried, waving his hand. Thomas saw him,
+stopped, and looked at him, doubtfully. He, with all the Section,
+knew how the school was going, and he easily guessed what took
+Hughie there.
+
+"I'm not going to school to-day," said Hughie, answering Thomas's
+look.
+
+Thomas nodded, and sat silent, waiting. He was not a man to waste
+his words.
+
+"I hate the whole thing!" exclaimed Hughie.
+
+"Foxy, eh?" said Thomas, to whom on other occasions Hughie had
+confided his grievances, and especially those he suffered at the
+hands of Foxy.
+
+"Yes, Foxy," cried Hughie, in a sudden rage. "He's a fat-faced
+sneak! And the teacher just makes me sick!"
+
+Thomas still waited.
+
+"She just smiles and smiles at him, and he smiles at her. Ugh! I
+can't stand him."
+
+"Not much harm in smiling," said Thomas, solemnly.
+
+"Oh, Thomas, I hate the school. I'm not going to go any more."
+
+Thomas looked gravely down upon Hughie's passionate face for a few
+moments, and then said, "You will do what your mother wants you, I
+guess."
+
+Hughie said nothing in reply, while Thomas sat pondering.
+
+Finally he said, with a sudden inspiration, "Hughie, come along
+with me, and help me with the potatoes."
+
+"They won't let me," grumbled Hughie. "At least father won't. I
+don't like to ask mother."
+
+Thomas's eyes opened in surprise. This was a new thing in Hughie.
+
+"I'll ask your mother," he said, at length. "Get in with me here."
+
+Still Hughie hesitated. To get away from school was joy enough, to
+go with Thomas to the potato planting was more than could be hoped
+for. But still he stood making pictures in the dust with his bare
+toes.
+
+"There's Fusie," he said, "and Davie Scotch."
+
+"Well," said Thomas, catching sight of those worthies through the
+trees, "let them come, too."
+
+Fusie was promptly willing, but Davie was doubtful. He certainly
+would not go to the manse, where he might meet the minister, and
+meeting the minister's wife under the present circumstances was a
+little worse.
+
+"Well, you can wait at the gate with Fusie," suggested Hughie, and
+so the matter was settled.
+
+Fortunately for Hughie, his father was not at home. But not
+Thomas's earnest entreaties nor Hughie's eager pleading would have
+availed with the mother, for attendance at school was a sacred duty
+in her eyes, had it not been that her boy's face, paler than usual,
+and with the dawning of a new defiance in it, startled her, and
+confirmed in her the fear that all was not well with him.
+
+"Well, Thomas, he may go with you to the Cameron's for the
+potatoes, but as to going with you to the planting, that is another
+thing. Your mother is not fit to be troubled with another boy, and
+especially a boy like Hughie. And how is she to-day, Thomas?"
+continued Mrs. Murray, as Thomas stood in dull silence before her.
+
+"She's better," said Thomas, answering more quickly than usual, and
+with a certain eagerness in his voice. "She's a great deal better,
+and Hughie will do her no harm, but good."
+
+Mrs. Murray looked at Thomas as he spoke, wondering at the change
+in his voice and manner. The heavy, stolid face had changed since
+she had last seen it. It was finer, keener, than before. The
+eyes, so often dull, were lighted up with a new, strange fire.
+
+"She's much better," said Thomas again, as if insisting against
+Mrs. Murray's unbelief.
+
+"I am glad to hear it, Thomas," she said, gently. "She will soon
+be quite well again, I hope, for she has had a long, long time of
+suffering."
+
+"Yes, a long, long time," replied Thomas. His face was pale, and
+in his eyes was a look of pain, almost of fear.
+
+"And you will come to see her soon?" he added. There was almost a
+piteous entreaty in his tone.
+
+"Yes, Thomas, surely next week. And meantime, I shall let Hughie
+go with you."
+
+A look of such utter devotion poured itself into Thomas's eyes that
+Mrs. Murray was greatly moved, and putting her hand on his
+shoulder, she said, gently, "'He will give His angels charge.'
+Don't be afraid, Thomas."
+
+"Afraid!" said Thomas, with a kind of gasp, his face going white.
+"Afraid! No. Why?" But Mrs. Murray turned from him to hide the
+tears that she could not keep out of her eyes, for she knew what
+was before Thomas and them all.
+
+Meantime Hughie was busy putting into his little carpet-bag what he
+considered the necessary equipment for his visit.
+
+"You must wear your shoes, Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, shoes are such an awful bother planting potatoes.
+They get full of ground and everything."
+
+"Well, put them in your bag, at any rate, and your stockings, too.
+You may need them."
+
+By degrees Hughie's very moderate necessities were satisfied, and
+with a hurried farewell to his mother he went off with Thomas. At
+the gate they picked up Fusie and Davie Scotch, and went off to the
+Cameron's for the seed potatoes, Hughie's heart lighter than it had
+been for many a day. And all through the afternoon, and as he
+drove home with Thomas on the loaded bags, his heart kept singing
+back to the birds in the trees overhead.
+
+It was late in the afternoon when they drove into the yard, for the
+roads were still bad in the swamp, where the corduroy had been
+broken up by the spring floods.
+
+Thomas hurried through unhitching, and without waiting to unharness
+he stood the horses in their stalls, saying, "We may need them this
+afternoon again," and took Hughie off to the house straight-way.
+
+The usual beautiful order pervaded the house and its surroundings.
+The back yard, through which the boys came from the barn, was free
+of litter; the chips were raked into neat little piles close to the
+wood-pile, for summer use. On a bench beside the "stoop" door was
+a row of milk-pans, lapping each other like scales on a fish,
+glittering in the sun. The large summer kitchen, with its spotless
+floor and white-washed walls, stood with both its doors open to the
+sweet air that came in from the fields above, and was as pleasant a
+room to look in upon as one could desire. On the sill of the open
+window stood a sweet-scented geranium and a tall fuschia with white
+and crimson blossoms hanging in clusters. Bunches of wild flowers
+stood on the table, on the dresser, and up beside the clock, and
+the whole room breathed of sweet scents of fields and flowers, and
+"the name of the chamber was peace."
+
+Beside the open window sat the little mother in an arm-chair, the
+embodiment of all the peaceful beauty and sweet fragrance of the
+room.
+
+"Well, mother," said Thomas, crossing the floor to her and laying
+his hand upon her shoulder, "have I been long away? I have brought
+Hughie back with me, you see."
+
+"Not so very long, Thomas," said the mother, her dark face lighting
+with a look of love as she glanced up at her big son. "And I am
+glad to see Hughie. He will excuse me from rising," she added,
+with fine courtesy.
+
+Hughie hurried toward her.
+
+"Yes, indeed, Mrs. Finch. Don't think of rising." But he could
+get no further. Boy as he was, and at the age when boys are most
+heartless and regardless, he found it hard to keep his lip and his
+voice steady and to swallow the lump in his throat, and in spite of
+all he could do his eyes were filling up with tears as he looked
+into the little woman's face, so worn and weary, so pathetically
+bright.
+
+It was months since he had seen her, and during these months a
+great change had come to her and to the Finch household. After
+suffering long in secret, the mother had been forced to confess to
+a severe pain in her breast and under her arm. Upon examination
+the doctor pronounced the case to be malignant cancer, and there
+was nothing for it but removal. It was what Dr. Grant called "a
+very beautiful operation, indeed," and now she was recovering her
+strength, but only slowly, so slowly that Thomas at times found his
+heart sink with a vague fear. But it was not the pain of the wound
+that had wrought that sweet, pathetic look into the little woman's
+face, but the deeper pain she carried in her heart for those she
+loved better than herself.
+
+The mother's sickness brought many changes into the household, but
+the most striking of all the changes was that wrought in the slow
+and stolid Thomas. The father and Billy Jack were busy with the
+farm matters outside, upon little Jessac, now a girl of twelve
+years, fell the care of the house, but it was Thomas that, with the
+assistance of a neighbor at first, but afterwards alone, waited on
+his mother, dressing the wound and nursing her. These weeks of
+watching and nursing had wrought in him the subtle change that
+stirred Mrs. Murray's heart as she looked at him that day, and that
+made even Hughie wonder. For one thing his tongue was loosed, and
+Thomas talked to his mother of all that he had seen and heard on
+the way to the Cameron's and back, making much of his little visit
+to the manse, and of Mrs. Murray's kindness, and enlarging upon her
+promised visit, and all with such brightness and picturesqueness of
+speech that Hughie listened amazed. For all the years he had known
+Thomas he had never heard from his lips so many words as in the
+last few minutes of talk with his mother. Then, too, Thomas seemed
+to have found his fingers, for no woman could have arranged more
+deftly and with gentler touch the cushions at his mother's back,
+and no nurse could have measured out the medicine and prepared her
+egg-nog with greater skill. Hughie could hardly believe his eyes
+and ears. Was this Thomas the stolid, the clumsy, the heavy-
+handed, this big fellow with the quick tongue and the clever,
+gentle hand?
+
+Meantime Jessac had set upon the table a large pitcher of rich
+milk, with oat cakes and butter, and honey in the comb.
+
+"Now, Hughie, lad, draw in and help yourself. You and Thomas will
+be too hungry to wait for supper," said the mother. And Hughie,
+protesting politely that he was not very hungry, proceeded to
+establish the contrary, to the great satisfaction of himself and
+the others.
+
+"Now, Thomas," said the mother, "we had better cut the seed."
+
+"Indeed, and not a seed will you cut, mother," said Thomas,
+emphatically. "You may boss the job, though. I'll bring the
+potatoes to the back door." And this he did, thinking it no
+trouble to hitch up the team to draw the wagon into the back yard
+so that his mother might have a part in the cutting of the seed
+potatoes, as she had had every year of her life on the farm.
+
+Very carefully, and in spite of her protests that she could walk
+quite well, Thomas carried his mother out to her chair in the shade
+of the house, arranging with tender solicitude the pillows at her
+back and the rug at her feet. Then they set to work at the
+potatoes.
+
+"Mind you have two eyes in every seed, Hughie," said Jessac,
+severely.
+
+"Huh! I know. I've cut them often enough," replied Hughie,
+scornfully.
+
+"Well, look at that one, now," said Jessac, picking up a seed that
+Hughie had let fall; "that's only got one eye."
+
+"There's two," said Hughie, triumphantly.
+
+"That's not an eye," said Jessac, pointing to a mark on the potato;
+"that's where the top grew out of, isn't it, mother?"
+
+"It is, isn't it?" appealed Hughie.
+
+Mrs. Finch took the seed and looked at it.
+
+"Well, there's one very good eye, and that will do."
+
+"But isn't that the mark of the top, mother?" insisted Jessac. But
+the mother only shook her head at her.
+
+"That's right, Jessac," said Thomas, driving off with his team;
+"you look after Hughie, and mother will look after you both till I
+get back, and there'll be a grand crop this year."
+
+It was a happy hour for them all. The slanting rays of the
+afternoon sun filled the air with a genial warmth. A little breeze
+bore from the orchard near by a fragrance of apple-blossoms. A
+matronly hen, tethered by the leg to her coop, raised indignant
+protest against the outrage on her personal liberty, or clucked and
+crooned her invitations, counsels, warnings, and encouragements, in
+as many different tones, to her independent, fluffy brood of
+chicks, while a huge gobbler strutted up and down, thrilling with
+pride in the glossy magnificence of his outspread tail and pompous,
+mighty chest.
+
+Hughie was conscious of a deep and grateful content, but across his
+content lay a shadow. If only that would lift! As he watched
+Thomas with his mother, he realized how far he had drifted from his
+own mother, and he thought with regret of the happy days, which now
+seemed so far in the past, when his mother had shared his every
+secret. But for him those days could never come again.
+
+At supper, Hughie was aware of some subtle difference in the spirit
+of the home. As to Thomas so to his father a change had come. The
+old man was as silent as ever, indeed more so, but there was no
+asperity in his silence. His critical, captious manner was gone.
+His silence was that of a great sorrow, and of a great fear. While
+there was more cheerful conversation than ever at the table, there
+was through all a new respect and a certain tender consideration
+shown toward the silent old man at the head, and all joined in an
+effort to draw him from his gloom. The past months of his wife's
+suffering had bowed him as with the weight of years. Even Hughie
+could note this.
+
+After supper the old man "took the Books" as usual, but when, as
+High Priest, he "ascended the Mount of Ordinances to offer the
+evening sacrifice," he was as a man walking in thick darkness
+bewildered and afraid. The prayer was largely a meditation on the
+heinousness of sin and the righteous judgments of God, and closed
+with an exaltation of the Cross, with an appeal that the innocent
+might be spared the punishment of the guilty. The conviction had
+settled in the old man's mind that "the Lord was visiting upon him
+and his family his sins, his pride, his censoriousness, his
+hardness of heart." The words of his prayer fell meaningless upon
+Hughie's English ears, but the boy's heart quivered in response to
+the agony of entreaty in the pleading tones, and he rose from his
+knees awed and subdued.
+
+There was no word spoken for some moments after the prayer. With
+people like the Finches it was considered to be an insult to the
+Almighty to depart from "the Presence" with any unseemly haste.
+Then Thomas came to help his mother to her room, but she, with her
+eyes upon her husband, quietly put Thomas aside and said, "Donald,
+will you tak me ben?"
+
+Rarely had she called him by his name before the family, and all
+felt that this was a most unusual demonstration of tenderness on
+her part.
+
+The old man glanced quickly at her from under his overhanging
+eyebrows, and met her bright upward look with an involuntary shake
+of the head and a slight sigh. Comfort was not for him, and he
+must not delude himself. But with a little laugh she put her hand
+on his arm, and as if administering reproof to a little child, she
+said some words in Gaelic.
+
+"Oh, woman, woman!" said Donald in reply, "if it was yourself we
+had to deal with--"
+
+"Whisht, man! Will you be putting me before your Father in
+heaven?" she said, as they disappeared into the other room.
+
+There was no fiddle that evening. There was no heart for it with
+Thomas, neither was there time, for there was the milking to do,
+and the "sorting" of the pails and pans, and the preparing for
+churning in the morning, so that when all was done, the long
+evening had faded into the twilight and it was time for bed.
+
+Before going upstairs, Thomas took Hughie into "the room" where his
+mother's bed had been placed. Thomas gave her her medicine and
+made her comfortable for the night.
+
+"Is there nothing else now, mother?" he said, still lingering about
+her.
+
+"No, Thomas, my man. How are the cows doing?"
+
+"Grand; Blossom filled a pail to-night, and Spotty almost twice.
+She's a great milker, yon."
+
+"Yes, and so was her mother. I remember she used to fill two pails
+when the grass was good."
+
+"I remember her, too. Her horns curled right back, didn't they?
+And she always looked so fierce."
+
+"Yes, but she was a kindly cow. And will the churn be ready for
+the morning?"
+
+"Yes, mother, we'll have buttermilk for our porridge, sure enough."
+
+"Well, you'll need to be up early for that, too early, Thomas, lad,
+for a boy like you."
+
+"A boy like me!" said Thomas, feigning indignation, and stretching
+himself to his full height. "Where would you be getting your men,
+mother?"
+
+"You are man enough, laddie," said his mother, "and a good one you
+will come to be, I doubt. And you, too, Hughie, lad," she added,
+turning to him. "You will be like your father."
+
+"I dunno," said Hughie, his face flushing scarlet. He was weary
+and sick of his secret, and the sight of the loving comradeship
+between Thomas and his mother made his burden all the heavier.
+
+"What's wrong with yon laddie?" asked Mrs. Finch, when Hughie had
+gone away to bed.
+
+"Now, mother, you're too sharp altogether. And how do you know
+anything is wrong with him?"
+
+"I warrant you his mother sees it. Something is on his mind.
+Hughie is not the lad he used to be. He will not look at you
+straight, and that is not like Hughie."
+
+"Oh, mother, you're a sharp one," said Thomas. "I thought no one
+had seen that but myself. Yes, there is something wrong with him.
+It's something in the school. It's a poor place nowadays, anyway,
+and I wish Hughie were done with it."
+
+"He must keep at the school, Thomas, and I only wish you could do
+the same." His mother sighed. She had her own secret ambition for
+Thomas, and though she never opened her heart to her son, or indeed
+to any one, Thomas somehow knew that it was her heart's desire to
+see him "in the pulpit."
+
+"Never you mind, mother," he said, brightly. "It'll all come
+right. Aren't you always the one preaching faith to me?"
+
+"Yes, laddie, and it is needed, and sorely at times."
+
+"Now, mither," said Thomas, dropping into her native speech, "ye
+mauna be fashin' yersel. Ye'll jist say 'Now I lay me,' and gang
+to sleep like a bairnie."
+
+"Ay, that's a guid word, laddie, an' a'll tak it. Ye may kiss me
+guid nicht. A'll tak it."
+
+Thomas bent over her and whispered in her ear, "Ay, mither, mither,
+ye're an angel, and that ye are."
+
+"Hoots, laddie, gang awa wi' ye," said his mother, but she held her
+arms about his neck and kissed him once and again. There was no
+one to see, and why should they not give and take their heart's
+fill of love.
+
+But when Thomas stood outside the room door, he folded his arms
+tight across his breast and whispered with lips that quivered, "Ay,
+mither, mither, mither, there's nane like ye. There's nane like
+ye." And he was glad that when he went upstairs, he found Hughie
+unwilling to talk.
+
+The next three days they were all busy with the planting of the
+potatoes, and nothing could have been better for Hughie. The
+sweet, sunny air, and the kindly, wholesome earth and honest hard
+work were life and health to mind and heart and body. It is
+wonderful how the touch of the kindly mother earth cleanses the
+soul from its unwholesome humors. The hours that Hughie spent in
+working with the clean, red earth seemed somehow to breathe virtue
+into him. He remembered the past months like a bad dream. They
+seemed to him a hideous unreality, and he could not think of Foxy
+and his schemes, nor of his own weakness in yielding to temptation,
+without a horrible self-loathing. He became aware of a strange
+feeling of sympathy and kinship with old Donald Finch. He seemed
+to understand his gloom. During those days their work brought
+those two together, for Billy Jack had the running of the drills,
+and to Thomas was intrusted the responsibility of "dropping" the
+potatoes, so Hughie and the old man undertook to "cover" after
+Thomas.
+
+Side by side they hoed together, speaking not a word for an hour at
+a time, but before long the old man appeared to feel the lad's
+sympathy. Hughie was quick to save him steps, and eager in many
+ways to anticipate his wishes. He was quick, too, with the hoe,
+and ambitious to do his full share of the work, and this won the
+old man's respect, so that by the end of the first day there was
+established between them a solid basis of friendship.
+
+Old Donald Finch was no cheerful companion for Hughie, but it was
+to Hughie a relief, more than anything else, that he was not much
+with either Thomas or Billy Jack.
+
+"You're tired," he ventured, in answer to a deep sigh from the old
+man, toward the close of the day.
+
+"No, laddie," replied the old man, "I know not that I am working.
+The burden of toil is the least of all our burdens." And then,
+after a pause, he added, "It is a terrible thing, is sin."
+
+To an equal in age the old man would never have ventured this
+confidence, but to Hughie, to his own surprise, he found it easy to
+talk.
+
+"A terrible thing," he repeated, "and it will always be finding you
+out."
+
+Hughie listened to him with a fearful sinking of heart, thinking of
+himself and his sin.
+
+"Yes," repeated the old man, with awful solemnity, "it will come up
+with you at last."
+
+"But," ventured Hughie, timidly, "won't God forgive? Won't he ever
+forget?"
+
+The old man looked at him, leaning upon his hoe.
+
+"Yes, he will forgive. But for those who have had great
+privileges, and who have sinned against light--I will not say."
+
+The fear deepened in Hughie's heart.
+
+"Do you mean that God will not forgive a man who has had a good
+chance, an elder, or a minister, or--or--a minister's son, say,
+like me?"
+
+There was something in Hughie's tone that startled the old man. He
+glanced at Hughie's face.
+
+"What am I saying?" he cried. "It is of myself I am thinking, boy,
+and of no minister or minister's son."
+
+But Hughie stood looking at him, his face showing his terrible
+anxiety. God and sin were vivid realities to him.
+
+"Yes, yes," said the old man to himself, "it is a great gospel.
+'As far as the east is distant from the west.' 'And plenteous
+redemption is ever found with him.'"
+
+"But, do you think," said Hughie, in a low voice, "God will tell
+all our sins? Will he make them known?"
+
+"God forbid!" cried the old man. "'And their sins and their
+iniquities will I remember no more.' 'The depths of the sea.' No,
+no, boy, he will surely forget, and he will not be proclaiming
+them."
+
+It was a strange picture. The old man leaning upon the top of his
+hoe looking over at the lad, the gloom of his face irradiated with
+a momentary gleam of hope, and the boy looking back at him with
+almost breathless eagerness.
+
+"It would be great," said Hughie, at last, "if he would forget."
+
+"Yes," said the old man, the gleam in his face growing brighter,
+"'If we confess our sins he is faithful and just to forgive us,'
+and forgiving with him is forgetting. Ah, yes, it is a great
+gospel," he continued, and standing there he lifted up his hand and
+broke into a kind of chant in Gaelic, of which Hughie could catch
+no meaning, but the exalted look on the old man's face was
+translation enough.
+
+"Must we always tell?" said Hughie, after the old man had ceased.
+
+"What are you saying, laddie?"
+
+"I say must we always tell our sins--I mean to people?"
+
+The old man thought a moment. "It is not always good to be talking
+about our sins to people. That is for God to hear. But we must be
+ready to make right what is wrong."
+
+"Yes, yes," said Hughie, eagerly, "of course one would be glad to
+do that."
+
+The old man gave him one keen glance, and began hoeing again.
+
+"Ye'd better be asking ye're mother about that. She will know."
+
+"No, no," said Hughie, "I can't."
+
+The old man paused in his work, looked at the boy for a moment or
+two, and then went on working again.
+
+"Speak to my woman," he said, after a few strokes of his hoe.
+"She's a wonderful wise woman." And Hughie wished that he dared.
+
+During the days of the planting they became great friends, and to
+their mutual good. The mother's keen eyes noted the change both in
+Hughie and in her husband, and was glad for it. It was she that
+suggested to Billy Jack that he needed help in the back pasture
+with the stones. Billy Jack, quick to take her meaning, eagerly
+insisted that help he must have, indeed he could not get on with
+the plowing unless the stones were taken off. And so it came that
+Hughie and the old man, with old Fly hitched up in the stone-boat,
+spent two happy and not unprofitable days in the back pasture.
+Gravely they discussed the high themes of God's sovereignty and
+man's freedom, with all their practical issues upon conduct and
+destiny. Only once, and that very shyly, did the old man bring
+round the talk to the subject of their first conversation that
+meant so much to them both.
+
+"The Lord will not be wanting to shame us beyond what is
+necessary," he said. "There are certain sins which he will bring
+to light, but there are those that, in his mercy, he permits us to
+hide; provided always," he added, with emphasis, "we are done with
+them."
+
+"Yes, indeed," assented Hughie, eagerly, "and who wouldn't be done
+with them?"
+
+But the old man shook his head sadly.
+
+"If that were always true a man would soon be rid of his evil
+heart. But," he continued, as if eager to turn the conversation,
+"you will be talking with my woman about it. She's a wonderful
+wise woman, yon."
+
+Somehow the opportunity came to Hughie to take the old man's
+advice. On Saturday evening, just before leaving for home, he
+found himself alone with Mrs. Finch sitting beside the open window,
+watching the sun go down behind the trees.
+
+"What a splendid sunset!" he cried. He was ever sensitive to the
+majestic drama of nature.
+
+"Ay," said Mrs. Finch, "the clouds and the sun make wonderful
+beauty together, but without the sun the clouds are ugly things.
+
+Hughie quickly took her meaning.
+
+"They are not pleasant," he said.
+
+"No, not pleasant," she replied, "but with the sunlight upon them
+they are wonderful."
+
+Hughie was silent for some moments, and then suddenly burst out,
+"Mrs. Finch, does God forget sins, and will he keep them hid, from
+people, I mean?"
+
+"Ay," she said, with quiet conviction, "he will forget, and he will
+hide them. Why should he lay the burden of our sins upon others?
+And if he does not why should we?"
+
+"Do you mean we need not always tell? I'd like to tell my--some
+one."
+
+"Ay," she replied, "it's a weary wark and a lanely to carry it oor
+lane, but it's an awfu' grief to hear o' anither's sin. An awfu'
+grief," she repeated to herself.
+
+"But," burst out Hughie, "I'll never be right till I tell my
+mother."
+
+"Ay, and then it is she would be carrying the weight o' it."
+
+"But it's against her," said Hughie, his hands going up to his
+face. "Oh, Mrs. Finch, it's just awful mean. I don't know how I
+did it."
+
+"Ye can tell me, laddie, if ye will," said she, kindly, and Hughie
+poured forth the whole burden that had lain so long upon him, but
+he told it laying upon Foxy small blame, for during those days, his
+own part had come to bulk so large with him that Foxy's was almost
+forgotten.
+
+For some moments after he had done Mrs. Finch sat in silence,
+leaning forward and patting the boy's bowed head.
+
+"Ay, but he is rightly named," she said, at length.
+
+"Who?" asked Hughie, surprised.
+
+"Yon store-keepin' chiel." Then she added, "But ye're done wi' him
+and his tricks, and ye'll stand up against him and be a man for the
+wee laddies."
+
+"Oh, I don't know," said Hughie, too sick at heart and too
+penetrated with the miserable sense of his own meanness and
+cowardice, to make any promise.
+
+"And as tae ye're mither, laddie," went on Mrs. Finch, "it will be
+a sair burden for her." When Mrs. Finch was greatly moved she
+always dropped into her broadest Scotch.
+
+"Oh, yes, I know," said Hughie, his voice now broken with sobs,
+"and that's the worst of it. If I didn't have to tell her! She'll
+just break her heart, I know. She thinks I'm so--oh, oh--" The
+long pent up feelings came flooding forth in groans and sobs.
+
+For some moments Mrs. Finch sat quietly, and then she said,
+"Listen, laddie. There is Another to be thought of first."
+
+"Another?" asked Hughie. "Oh, yes, I know. But He knows already,
+and indeed I have often told Him. But besides, you say He will
+forget, and take it away. But mother doesn't know, and doesn't
+suspect."
+
+"Well, then, laddie," said Mrs. Finch, with quiet firmness, "let
+her tell ye what to do. Mak ye're offer to tell her, and warn her
+that it'll grieve ye baith, and then let her say."
+
+"Yes, I'll do it. I'll do it to-night, and if she says so, then
+I'll tell her."
+
+And so he did, and when he came back to the Finch's on Monday
+morning, for his mother saw that leaving school for a time would be
+no serious loss, and a week or two with the Finches might be a
+great gain, he came radiant to Mrs. Finch, and finding her in her
+chair by the open window alone, he burst forth, "I told her, and
+she wouldn't let me. She didn't want to know so long as I said it
+was all made right. And she promised she would trust me just the
+same. Oh, she's splendid, my mother! And she's coming this week
+to see you. And I tell you I just feel like--like anything! I
+can't keep still. I'm like Fido when he's let off his chain. He
+just goes wild."
+
+Then, after a pause, he added, in a graver tone, "And mother read
+Zaccheus to me. And isn't it fine how He never said a word to
+him?"--Hughie was too excited to be coherent--"but stood up for
+him, and"--here Hughie's voice became more grave--"I'm going to
+restore fourfold. I'm going to work at the hay, and I fired that
+old pistol into the pond, and I'm not afraid of Foxy any more, not
+a bit."
+
+Hughie rushed breathlessly through his story, while the dark face
+before him glowed with intelligent sympathy, but she only said,
+when he had done, "It is a graund thing to be free, is it no'?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE BEAR HUNT
+
+
+"Is Don round, Mrs. Cameron?"
+
+"Mercy me, Hughie! Did ye sleep in the woods? Come away in.
+Ye're a sight for sore eyes. Come away in. And how's ye're mother
+and all?"
+
+"All right, thank you. Is Don in?"
+
+"Don? He's somewhere about the barn. But come away, man, there's
+a bit bannock here, and some honey."
+
+"I'm in a hurry, Mrs. Cameron, and I can't very well wait," said
+Hughie, trying to preserve an evenness of tone and not allow his
+excitement to appear.
+
+"Well, well! What's the matter, whatever?" When Hughie refused a
+"bit bannock" and honey, something must be seriously wrong.
+
+"Nothing at all, but I'm just wanting Don for a--for something."
+
+"Well, well, just go to the old barn and cry at him."
+
+Hughie found Don in the old barn, busy "rigging up" his plow, for
+the harvest was in and the fall plowing was soon to begin.
+
+"Man, Don!" cried Hughie, in a subdued voice, "it's the greatest
+thing you ever heard!"
+
+"What is it now, Hughie? You look fairly lifted. Have you seen a
+ghost?"
+
+"A ghost? No, something better than that, I can tell you."
+
+Hughie drew near and lowered his voice, while Don worked on
+indifferently.
+
+"It's a bear, Don."
+
+Don dropped his plow. His indifference vanished. The Camerons
+were great hunters, and many a bear had they, with their famous
+black dogs, brought home in their day, but not for the past year or
+two; and never had Don bagged anything bigger than a fox or a coon.
+
+"Where did you see him?"
+
+"I didn't see him." Don looked disgusted. "But he was in our
+house last night."
+
+"Look here now, stop that!" said Don, gripping Hughie by the jacket
+and shaking him.
+
+But Hughie's summer in the harvest-field had built up his muscles,
+and so he shook himself free from Don's grasp, and said, "Look out
+there! I'm telling you the truth. Last night father was out late
+and the supper things were left on the table--some honey and stuff--
+and after father had been asleep for a while he was wakened by
+some one tramping about the house. He got up, came out of his
+room, and called out, 'Jessie, where are the matches?' And just
+then there was an awful crash, and something hairy brushed past his
+leg in the dark and got out of the door. We all came down, and
+there was the table upset, the dishes all on the floor, and four
+great, big, deep scratches in the table."
+
+"Pshaw! It must have been Fido."
+
+"Fido was in the barn, and just mad to get out; and besides, the
+tracks are there yet behind the house. It was a bear, sure enough,
+and I'm going after him."
+
+"You?"
+
+"Yes, and I want you to come with the dogs."
+
+"Oh, pshaw! Dear knows where he'll be now," said Don, considering.
+
+"Like enough in the Big Swamp or in McLeod's beech bush. They're
+awful fond of beechnuts. But the dogs can track him, can't they?"
+
+"By jingo! I'd like to get him," said Don, kindling under Hughie's
+excitement. "Wait a bit now. Don't say a word. If Murdie hears
+he'll want to come, sure, and we don't want him. You wait here
+till I get the gun and the dogs."
+
+"Have you got any bullets or slugs?"
+
+"Yes, lots. Why? Have you a gun?"
+
+"Yes, you just bet! I've got our gun. What did you think I was
+going to do? Put salt on his tail? I've got it down the lane."
+
+"All right, you wait there for me."
+
+"Don't be long," said Hughie, slipping away.
+
+It was half an hour before Don appeared with the gun and the dogs.
+
+"What in the world kept you? I thought you were never coming,"
+said Hughie, impatiently.
+
+"I tell you it's no easy thing to get away with mother on hand, but
+it's all right. Here's your bullets and slugs. I've brought some
+bannocks and cheese. We don't know when we'll get home. We'll
+pick up the track in your brule. Does any one know you're going?"
+
+"No, only Fusie. He wanted to come, but I wouldn't have it. Fusie
+gets so excited." Hughie's calmness was not phenomenal. He could
+hardly stand still for two consecutive seconds.
+
+"Well, let's go," and Don set off on a trot, with one of the black
+dogs in leash and the other following, and after him came Hughie
+running lightly.
+
+In twenty minutes they were at the manse clearing.
+
+"Now," said Don, pulling up, "where did you say you saw his track?"
+
+"Just back of the house there, and round the barn, and then
+straight for the brule."
+
+The boys stood looking across the fallen timber toward the barn.
+
+"There's Fido barking," said Hughie. "I bet he's on the scent
+now."
+
+"Yes," answered Don, "and there's your father, too."
+
+"Gimmini crickets! so it is," said Hughie, slowly. "I don't think
+it's worth while going up there to get that track. Can't we get it
+just as well in the woods here?" There were always things to do
+about the house, and besides, the minister knew nothing of Hughie's
+familiarity with the gun, and hence would soon have put a stop to
+any such rash venture as bear-hunting.
+
+The boys waited, listening to Fido, who was running back and
+forward between the brule and the house barking furiously. The
+minister seemed interested in Fido's manoeuvres, and followed him a
+little way.
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, in a whisper, "perhaps he'll go and look for
+the gun himself. And Fido will find us, sure. I say, let's go."
+
+"Let's wait a minute," said Don, "to see what direction Fido takes,
+and then we'll put our dogs on."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie breathed more freely, for his father seemed
+to lose his interest in Fido, and returned slowly to the house.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, "let's get down into the brule as near Fido as
+we can get."
+
+Cautiously the boys made their way through the fallen timber,
+keeping as much as possible under cover of the underbrush. But
+though they hunted about for some time, the dogs evidently got no
+scent, for they remained quite uninterested in the proceedings.
+
+"We'll have to get up closer to where Fido is," said Don, "and the
+sooner we get there the better."
+
+"I suppose so," said Hughie. "I suppose I had better go. Fido
+will stop barking for me." So, while Don lay hid with the dogs in
+the brule, Hughie stole nearer and nearer to Fido, who was still
+chasing down toward the brule and back to the house, as if urging
+some one to come forth and investigate the strange scent he had
+discovered. Gradually Hughie worked his way closer to Fido until
+within calling distance.
+
+Just as he was about to whistle for the dog, the back door opened
+and forth came the minister again. By this time Fido had passed
+into the brule a little way, and could not be seen from the house.
+It was an anxious moment for Hughie. He made a sudden desperate
+resolve. He must secure Fido now, or else give up the chance of
+getting on the trail of the bear. So he left his place of hiding,
+and bending low, ran swiftly forward until Fido caught sight of
+him, and hearing his voice, came to him, barking loudly and making
+every demonstration of excitement and joy. He seized the dog by
+the collar and dragged him down, and after holding him quiet for a
+moment, hauled him back to Don.
+
+"We'll have to take him with us," he said. "I'll put this string
+on his collar, and he'll go all right." And to this Don agreed,
+though very unwillingly, for he had no confidence in Fido's hunting
+ability.
+
+"I tell you he's a great fighter," said Hughie, "if we should ever
+get near that bear."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Don, "he may fight dogs well enough, but when it
+comes to a bear, it's a different thing. Every dog is scared of a
+bear the first time he sees him."
+
+"Well, I bet you Fido won't run from anything," said Hughie,
+confidently.
+
+To their great relief they saw the minister set off in the opposite
+direction across the fields.
+
+"Thank goodness! He's off to the McRae's," said Hughie.
+
+"Now, then," said Don, "we'll go back to the track there, and put
+the dogs on. You go on with Fido." And Hughie set off with Fido
+pulling eagerly upon the string.
+
+When they reached the spot where Fido had been seized by Hughie,
+suddenly the black dog who had been following Don at some distance,
+stopped short and began to growl. In a moment his mate threw up
+his nose and began sniffing about, the hair rising stiff upon his
+back.
+
+"He's catching it," said Don, in an excited tone. "Here, you hold
+him. I must get the other one, or he'll be off." He was not a
+minute too soon, for the other dog, who had been ranging about,
+suddenly found the trail, and with a fierce, short bark, was about
+to dash off when Don threw himself upon him. In a few moments both
+dogs were on the leash, and set off upon the scent at a great pace.
+The trail was evidently plain enough to the dogs, for they followed
+hard, leading the boys deeper and deeper into the bush.
+
+"He's making for the Big Swamp," said Don, and on they went, with
+eyes and ears on the alert, expecting every moment to hear the
+snort of a bear, or to meet him on the further side of every bunch
+of underbrush.
+
+For an hour they went on at a steady trot, over and under fallen
+logs, splashing through water holes, crashing over dead brushwood,
+and tearing through the interlacing boughs of the thick underbrush
+of spruce and balsam. The black dogs never hesitated. They knew
+well what was their business there, and that they kept strictly in
+mind. Fido, on the other hand, who loved to roam the woods in an
+aimless hunt for any and every wild thing that might cross his
+nose, but who never had seriously hunted anything in particular,
+trotted good-naturedly behind Hughie with rather a bored expression
+on his face.
+
+The trail, which had led them steadily north, all at once turned
+west and away from the swamp.
+
+"Say," said Don, "he's making for Alan Gorrach's cabin."
+
+"Man!" said Hughie, "that would be fine, to get him there. It's
+good and open, too."
+
+"Too open by a long way," grunted Don. "We'd never get him there."
+
+Sure enough, the dogs led up from the swamp and along the path to
+Alan's cabin. The door stood open, and in answer to Don's "Horo!"
+Alan came out.
+
+"What now?" he said, glowering at Don.
+
+"You won't be wanting any dogs to-day, Alan?" said Don, politely.
+
+Alan glanced at him suspiciously, but said not a word.
+
+"These are very good dogs, indeed, Alan."
+
+"Go on your ways, now," said Alan.
+
+"These black ones are not in very good condition, but Fido there is
+a good, fat dog."
+
+Alan's wrath began to rise.
+
+"Will you be going on, now, about your business?"
+
+"Better take them, Alan, there's a hard winter coming on."
+
+"Mac an' Diabhoil!" cried Alan, in a shrill voice, suddenly
+bursting into fury. "I will be having your heart's blood," he
+cried, rushing into his cabin.
+
+"Come on, Hughie," cried Don, and away they rushed, following the
+black dogs upon the trail of the bear.
+
+Deeper and deeper into the swamp the dogs led the way, the going
+becoming more difficult and the underbrush thicker at every step.
+After an hour or two of hard work, the dogs began to falter, and
+ran hither and thither, now on one scent and then on another, till
+tired out and disgusted, Don held them in, and threw himself down
+upon the soft moss that lay deep over everything.
+
+"We're on his old tracks here," said Don, savagely, "and you can't
+pick out the new from the old."
+
+"His hole must be somewhere not too far away," said Hughie.
+
+"Yes, perhaps it is, but then again it may be across the ridge. At
+any rate, we'll have some grub."
+
+As they ate the bannocks and cheese, they pictured to themselves
+what they should do if they ever should come up with the bear.
+
+"One thing we've got to be careful of," said Don, "and that is, not
+to lose our heads."
+
+"That's so," assented Hughie, feeling quite cool and self-possessed
+at the time.
+
+"Because if you lose your head you're done for," continued Don.
+"Remember Ken McGregor?"
+
+"No," said Hughie.
+
+"Didn't you ever hear that? Why, he ran into a bear, and made a
+drive at him with his axe, but the bear, with one paw knocked the
+axe clear out of his hand, and with one sweep of the other tore his
+insides right out. They're mighty cute, too," went on Don.
+"They'll pretend to be almost dead just to coax you near enough,
+and then they'll spin round on their hind legs like a rooster. If
+they ever do catch you, the only thing to do is to lie still and
+make believe you're dead, and then, unless they're very hungry,
+they won't hurt you much."
+
+After half an hour's rest, the hunting instinct awoke again within
+them, and the boys determined to make another attempt. After
+circling about the swamp for some time, the boys came upon a beaten
+track which led straight through the heart of the swamp.
+
+"I say," said Don, "this is going to strike the ridge somewhere
+just about there," pointing northeast, "and if we don't see
+anything between here and the ridge, we'll strike home that way.
+It'll be better walking than this cursed swamp, anyway. Are you
+tired?"
+
+Hughie refused to acknowledge any weariness.
+
+"Well, then, I am," said Don.
+
+The trail was clear enough, and they were able to follow at a good
+pace, so that in a few minutes, as they had expected, they struck
+the northeast end of the swamp. Here again they called a halt, and
+tying up the dogs, lay down upon the dry, brown leaves, lazily
+eating the beechnuts and discussing their prospects of meeting the
+bear, and their plans for dealing with him.
+
+"Well, let's go on," at length said Don. "There's just a chance of
+our meeting him on this ridge. He's got a den somewhere down in
+the swamp, and he may be coming home this way. Besides, it'll take
+us all our time, now, to get home before dark. I guess there's no
+use keeping the dogs any longer. We'll just let them go." So
+saying, Don let the black dogs go free, but after a little
+skirmishing through the open beech woods, the dogs appeared to lose
+all interest in the expedition, and kept close to Don's heels.
+
+Fido, on the other hand, followed, ranging the woods on either
+side, cheerfully interested in scaring up rabbits, ground-hogs, and
+squirrels. He had never known the rapture of bringing down big
+game, and so was content with whatever came his way.
+
+At length the hunters reached the main trail where their paths
+separated; but a little of the swamp still remained, and on the
+other side was the open clearing.
+
+"This is your best way," said Don, pointing out the path to Hughie.
+"We had bad luck to-day, but we'll try again. We may meet him
+still, you know, so don't fire at any squirrel or anything. If I
+hear a shot I'll come to you, and you do the same by me."
+
+"I say," said Hughie, "where does this track of mine come out? Is
+it below the Deepole there, or is it on the other side of the
+clearing?"
+
+"Why, don't you know?" said Don. "This runs right up to the back
+of the Fisher's berry patch, and through the sugar-bush to your own
+clearing. I'll go with you if you like."
+
+"Oh, pshaw!" said Hughie, "I'll find it all right. Come on, Fido."
+But Fido had disappeared. "Good night, Don."
+
+"Good night," said Don. "Mind you don't fire unless it's at a
+bear. I'll do the same."
+
+In a few minutes Hughie found himself alone in the thick underbrush
+of the swamp. The shadows were lying heavy, and the sunlight that
+still caught the tops of the tall trees was quite lost in the gloom
+of the low underbrush. Deep moss under foot, with fallen trees and
+thick-growing balsam and cedars, made the walking difficult, and
+every step Hughie wished himself out in the clearing. He began to
+feel, too, the oppression of the falling darkness. He tried
+whistling to keep up his courage, but the sound seemed to fill the
+whole woods about him, and he soon gave it up.
+
+After a few minutes he stood still and called for Fido, but the dog
+had gone on some hunt of his own, and with a sense of deeper
+loneliness, he set himself again to his struggle with the moss and
+brush and fallen trees. At length he reached firmer ground, and
+began with more cheerful heart to climb up to the open.
+
+Suddenly he heard a rustle, and saw the brush in front of him move.
+
+"Oh, there you are, you brute," he cried, "come in here. Come in,
+Fido. Here, sir!"
+
+He pushed the bushes aside, and his heart jumped and filled his
+mouth. A huge, black shape stood right across his path not ten
+paces away. A moment they gazed at each other, and then, with a
+low growl, the bear began to sway awkwardly toward him. Hughie
+threw up his gun and fired. The bear paused, snapping viciously
+and tearing at his wounded shoulder, and then rushed on Hughie
+without waiting to rise on his hind legs.
+
+Like a flash Hughie dodged behind the brush, and then fled like the
+wind toward the open. Looking over his shoulder, he saw the bear
+shambling after him at a great pace, and gaining at every jump, and
+his heart froze with terror. The balsams and spruces were all too
+low for safety. A little way before him he saw a small birch. If
+he could only make that he might escape. Summoning all his
+strength he rushed for the tree, the bear closing fast upon him.
+Could he spring up out of reach of the bear's awful claws?
+
+Two yards from the tree he heard an angry snap and snarl at his
+heels. With a cry, he dropped his gun, and springing for the
+lowest bough, drew up his legs quickly after him with the horrible
+feeling of having them ripped asunder. To his amazement he found
+that the bear was not scrambling up the tree after him, but was
+still some paces off, with Fido skirmishing at long range. It was
+Fido's timely nip that had brought him to a sudden halt, and
+allowed Hughie to make his climb in safety.
+
+"Good dog, Fido. Sic him! Sic him, old fellow!" cried out Hughie,
+but Fido was new to this kind of warfare, and at every jump of the
+raging brute he fled into the brush with his tail between his legs,
+returning, however, to the attack as the bear retired.
+
+After driving Fido off, the bear rushed at the tree, and in a fury
+began tearing up its roots. Then, as if realizing the futility of
+this, he flung himself upon its trunk and began shaking it with
+great violence from side to side.
+
+Hughie soon saw that the tree would not long stand such an attack.
+He slipped down to the lowest bough so that his weight might be
+taken from the swaying top, and encouraging Fido, awaited results.
+
+He found himself singularly cool. Having escaped immediate danger,
+the hunter's instinct awoke within him, and he longed to get that
+bear. If he only had his gun, he would soon settle him, but the
+bear, unfortunately, had possession of that. He began hurriedly to
+cut off as stout a branch as he could to make himself a club. He
+was not a moment too soon, for the bear, realizing that he could
+neither tear up the tree by the roots nor shake his enemy out of
+it, decided, apparently, to go up for him.
+
+He first set himself to get rid of Fido, which he partially
+succeeded in doing by chasing him a long distance off. Then, with
+a great rush, he flew at the tree, and with amazing rapidity began
+to climb.
+
+Hughie, surprised by this swift attack, hastened to climb to the
+higher branches, but in a moment he saw that this would be fatal.
+Remembering that the bear is like the dog in his sensitive parts,
+he descended to meet his advancing foe, and reaching down, hit him
+a sharp blow on the snout. With a roar of rage and surprise the
+bear let go his hold, slipped to the ground, and began to tear up
+the earth, sneezing violently.
+
+"Oh, if I only had that gun," groaned Hughie, "I'd get him. And if
+he gets away after Fido again, I believe I'll try it."
+
+The bear now set himself to plan some new form of attack. He had
+been wounded, but only enough to enrage him, and his fury served to
+fix more firmly in his head the single purpose of getting into his
+grip this enemy of his in the tree, whom he appeared to have so
+nearly at his mercy.
+
+Whatever his new plan might be, a necessary preliminary was getting
+rid of Fido, and this he proceeded to do. Round about the trees he
+pursued him, getting farther and farther away from the birch, till
+Hughie, watching his chance, slipped down the tree and ran for his
+gun. But no sooner had he stooped for it than the bear saw the
+move, and with an angry roar rushed for him.
+
+Once more Hughie sprang for his branch, but the gun caught in the
+boughs and he slipped to the ground, the bear within striking
+distance. With a cry he sprang again, reached his bough and drew
+himself up, holding his precious gun safe, wondering how he had
+escaped. Again it was Fido that had saved him, for as the bear had
+gathered himself to spring, Fido, seeing his chance, rushed boldly
+in, and flinging himself upon the hind leg of the enraged brute,
+held fast. It was the boy's salvation, but alas! it was Fido's
+destruction, for wheeling suddenly, the bear struck a swift
+downward blow with his powerful front paw, and tore the whole side
+of the faithful brute wide open. With a howl, poor Fido dragged
+himself away out of reach and lay down, moaning pitifully.
+
+The bear, realizing that he had got rid of one foe, now proceeded
+more cautiously to deal with the other, and began warily climbing
+the tree, keeping his wicked little eyes fixed upon Hughie.
+
+Meantime, Hughie was loading his gun with all speed. He emptied
+his powder-horn into the muzzle, and with the bear coming slowly
+nearer, began to search for his bullets. Through one pocket after
+another his trembling fingers flew, while with the butt of his gun
+he menaced his approaching enemy.
+
+"Where are those bullets?" he groaned. "Ah, here they are!" diving
+into his trousers pocket. "Fool of a place to keep them, too!"
+
+He took a handful of slugs and bullets, poured them into his gun,
+rammed down a wadding of leaves upon all, retreating as he did so
+to the higher limbs, the bear following him steadily. But just as
+he had his cap securely fixed upon the nipple, the bear suddenly
+revealed his plan. Holding by his front paws, he threw his hind
+legs off from the trunk. It was his usual method of felling trees.
+The tree swayed and bent till the top almost touched the ground.
+But Hughie, with his legs wreathed round the trunk, brought his gun
+to his shoulder, and with its muzzle almost touching the breast of
+the hanging brute, pulled the trigger.
+
+There was a terrific report, the bear dropped in a heap from the
+tree, and Hughie was hurled violently to the ground some distance
+away, partially stunned. He raised himself to see the bear
+struggle up to a sitting position, and gnashing his teeth, and
+flinging blood and foam from his mouth, begin to drag himself
+toward him. He was conscious of a languid indifference, and found
+himself wondering how long the bear would take to cover the
+distance.
+
+But while he was thus cogitating there was a sharp, quick bark, and
+a great black form hurled itself at the bear's throat and bore the
+fierce brute to the ground.
+
+Drawing a long sigh, Hughie sank back to the ground, with the sound
+of a far-away shot in his ears, and darkness veiling his eyes.
+
+He was awakened by Don's voice anxiously calling him.
+
+"Are you hurt much, Hughie? Did he squeeze you?"
+
+Hughie sat up, blinking stupidly.
+
+"What?" he asked. "Who?"
+
+"Why, the bear, of course."
+
+"The bear? No. Man! It's too bad you weren't here, Don," he went
+on, rousing himself. "He can't be gone far."
+
+"Not very," said Don, laughing loud. "Yonder he lies."
+
+Hughie turned his head and gazed, wondering, at the great black
+mass over which Don's black dogs were standing guard, and sniffing
+with supreme satisfaction.
+
+Then all came back to him.
+
+"Where's Fido?" he asked, rising. "Yes, it was Fido saved me, for
+sure. He tackled the bear every time he rushed at me, and hung
+onto him just as I climbed the tree the second time."
+
+As he spoke he walked over to the place where he had last seen the
+dog. A little farther on, behind a spruce-tree, they found poor
+Fido, horribly mangled and dead.
+
+Hughie stooped down over him. "Poor old boy, poor old Fido," he
+said, in a low voice, stroking his head.
+
+Don turned away and walked whistling toward the bear. As he sat
+beside the black carcass his two dogs came to him. He threw his
+arms round them, saying, "Poor old Blackie! Poor Nigger!" and he
+understood how Hughie was feeling behind the spruce-tree beside the
+faithful dog that had given him his life.
+
+As he sat there waiting for Hughie, he heard voices.
+
+"Horo!" he shouted.
+
+"Where are you? Is that you, Don?" It was his father's voice.
+
+"Yes, here we are."
+
+"Is Hughie there?" inquired another voice.
+
+"Losh me! that's the minister," said Don. "Yes, all right," he
+cried aloud, as up came Long John Cameron and the minister, with
+Fusie and a stranger bringing up the rear.
+
+"Fine work, this. You're fine fellows, indeed," cried Long John,
+"frightening people in this way."
+
+"Where is Hughie?" said the minister, sternly.
+
+Hughie came from behind the brush, hurriedly wiping his eyes.
+"Here, father," he said.
+
+"And what are you doing here at this hour of the night, pray?" said
+the minister, angrily, turning toward him.
+
+"I couldn't get home very well," replied Hughie.
+
+"And why not, pray? Don't begin any excuses with me, sir."
+Nothing annoyed the minister as an attempt to excuse ill-doing.
+
+"I guess he would have been glad enough to have got home half an
+hour ago, sir," broke in Don, laughing. "Look there." He pointed
+to the bear lying dead, with Nigger standing over him.
+
+"The Lord save us!" said Long John Cameron, himself the greatest
+among the hunters of the county. "What do you say? And how did
+you get him? Jee-ru-piter! he's a grand one."
+
+The old man, the minister, and Don walked about the bear in
+admiring procession.
+
+"Yon's a terrible gash," said Long John, pointing to a gaping wound
+in the breast. "Was that your Snider, Don?"
+
+"Not a bit of it, father. The bear's Hughie's. He killed him
+himself."
+
+"Losh me! And you don't tell me! And how did you manage that,
+Hughie?"
+
+"He chased me up that tree, and I guess would have got me only for
+Fido."
+
+The minister gasped.
+
+"Got you? Was he as near as that?"
+
+"He wasn't three feet away," said Hughie, and with that he
+proceeded to give, in his most graphic style, a description of his
+great fight with the bear.
+
+"When I heard the first shot," said Don, "I was away across the
+swamp. I tell you I tore back here, and when I came, what did I
+see but Hughie and Mr. Bear both sitting down and looking coolly at
+each other a few yards apart. And then Nigger downed him and I put
+a bullet into his heart." Don was greatly delighted, and extremely
+proud of Hughie's achievement.
+
+"And how did you know about it?" asked Don of his father.
+
+"It was the minister here came after me."
+
+"Yes," said the minister, "it was Fusie told me you had gone off on
+a bear hunt, and so I went along to the Cameron's with Mr. Craven
+here, to see if you had got home."
+
+Meantime, Mr. Craven had been looking Hughie over.
+
+"Mighty plucky thing," he said. "Great nerve," and he lapsed into
+silence, while Fusie could not contain himself, but danced from one
+foot to the other with excited exclamations.
+
+The minister had come out intending, as he said, "to teach that boy
+a lesson that he would remember," but as he listened to Hughie's
+story, his anger gave place to a great thankfulness.
+
+"It was a great mercy, my boy," he said at length, when he was
+quite sure of his voice, "that you had Fido with you."
+
+"Yes, indeed, father," said Hughie. "It was Fido saved me."
+
+"It was the Lord's goodness," said the minister, solemnly.
+
+"And a great mercy," said Long John, "that your lad kept his head
+and showed such courage. You have reason to be proud of him."
+
+The minister said nothing just then, but at home, when recounting
+the exploit to the mother, he could hardly contain his pride in his
+son.
+
+"Never thought the boy would have a nerve like that, he's so
+excitable. I had rather he killed that bear than win a medal at
+the university."
+
+The mother sat silent through all the story, her cheek growing more
+and more pale, but not a word did she say until the tale was done,
+and then she said, "'Who delivereth thee from destruction.'"
+
+"A little like David, mother, wasn't it?" said Hughie; but though
+there was a smile on his face, his manner and tone were earnest
+enough.
+
+"Yes," said his mother, "a good deal like David, for it was the
+same God that delivered you both."
+
+"Rather hard to cut Fido out of his share of the glory," said Mr.
+Craven, "not to speak of a cool head and a steady nerve."
+
+Mrs. Murray regarded him for a moment or two in silence, as if
+meditating an answer, but finally she only said, "We shall cut no
+one out of the glory due to him."
+
+At the supper-table the whole affair was discussed in all its
+bearings. In this discussion Hughie took little part, making light
+of his exploit, and giving most of the credit to Fido, and the
+mother wondered at the unusual reserve and gravity that had fallen
+upon her boy. Indeed, Hughie was wondering at himself. He had a
+strange new feeling in his heart. He had done a man's deed, and
+for the first time in his life he felt it unnecessary to glory in
+his deeds. He had come to a new experience, that great deeds need
+no voice to proclaim them. During the thrilling moments of that
+terrible hour he had entered the borderland of manhood, and the awe
+of that new world was now upon his spirit.
+
+It was chiefly this new experience of his that was sobering him,
+but it helped him not a little to check his wonted boyish
+exuberance that at the table opposite him sat a strange young man,
+across whose dark, magnetic face there flitted, now and then, a
+lazy, cynical smile. Hughie feared that lazy smile, and he felt
+that it would shrivel into self-contempt any feeling of
+boastfulness.
+
+The mother and Hughie said little to each other, waiting to be
+alone, and after Hughie had gone to his room his mother talked long
+with him, but when Mr. Craven, on his way to bed, heard the low,
+quiet tones of the mother's voice through the shut door, he knew it
+was not to Hughie she was speaking, and the smile upon his face
+lost a little of its cynicism.
+
+Next day there was no smile when he stood with Hughie under the
+birch-tree, watching the lad hew flat one side, but gravely enough
+he took the paper on which Hughie had written, "Fido, Sept. 13th,
+18--," saying as he did so, "I shall cut this for you. It is good
+to remember brave deeds."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+JOHN CRAVEN'S METHOD
+
+
+Mr. John Craven could not be said to take his school-teaching
+seriously; and indeed, any one looking at his face would hardly
+expect him to take anything seriously, and certainly those who in
+his college days followed and courted and kept pace with Jack
+Craven, and knew his smile, would have expected from him anything
+other than seriousness. He appeared to himself to be enacting a
+kind of grim comedy, exile as he was in a foreign land, among
+people of a strange tongue.
+
+He knew absolutely nothing of pedagogical method, and consequently
+he ignored all rules and precedents in the teaching and conduct of
+the school. His discipline was of a most fantastic kind. He had a
+feeling that all lessons were a bore, therefore he would assign the
+shortest and easiest of tasks. But having assigned the tasks, he
+expected perfection in recitation, and impressed his pupils with
+the idea that nothing less would pass. His ideas of order were of
+the loosest kind, and hence the noise at times was such that even
+the older pupils found it unbearable; but when the hour for
+recitation came, somehow a deathlike stillness fell upon the
+school, and the unready shivered with dread apprehension. And yet
+he never thrashed the boys; but his fear lay upon them, for his
+eyes held the delinquent with such an intensity of magnetic,
+penetrating power that the unhappy wretch felt as if any kind of
+calamity might befall him.
+
+When one looked at John Craven's face, it was the eyes that caught
+and held the attention. They were black, without either gleam or
+glitter, indeed almost dull--a lady once called them "smoky eyes."
+They looked, under lazy, half-drooping lids, like things asleep,
+except in moments of passion, when there appeared, far down, a
+glowing fire, red and terrible. At such moments it seemed as if,
+looking through these, one were catching sight of a soul ablaze.
+They were like the dull glow of a furnace through an inky night.
+
+He was constitutionally and habitually lazy, but in a reading
+lesson he would rouse himself at times, and by his utterance of a
+single line make the whole school sit erect. Friday afternoon he
+gave up to what he called "the cultivation of the finer arts." On
+that afternoon he would bring his violin and teach the children
+singing, hear them read and recite, and read for them himself; and
+no greater punishment could be imposed upon the school than the
+loss of this afternoon.
+
+"Man alive! Thomas, he's mighty queer," Hughie explained to his
+friend. "When he sits there with his feet on the stove smoking
+away and reading something or other, and letting them all gabble
+like a lot of ducks, it just makes me mad. But when he wakes up
+he puts the fear of death on you, and when he reads he makes you
+shiver through and through. You know that long rigmarole,
+'Friends, Romans, countrymen'? I used to hate it. Well, sir, he
+told us about it last Friday. You know, on Friday afternoons we
+don't do any work, but just have songs and reading, and that sort
+of thing. Well, sir, last Friday he told us about the big row in
+Rome, and how Caesar was murdered, and then he read that thing to
+us. By gimmini whack! it made me hot and cold. I could hardly
+keep from yelling, and every one was white. And then he read that
+other thing, you know, about Little Nell. Used to make me sick,
+but, my goodness alive! do you know, before he got through the
+girls were wiping their eyes, and I was almost as bad, and you
+could have heard a pin drop. He's mighty queer, though, lazy as
+the mischief, and always smiling and smiling, and yet you don't
+feel like smiling back."
+
+"Do you like him?" asked Thomas, bluntly.
+
+"Dunno. I'd like to, but he won't let you, somehow. Just smiles
+at you, and you feel kind of small."
+
+The reports about the master were conflicting and disquieting, and
+although Hughie was himself doubtful, he stood up vehemently for
+him at home.
+
+"But, Hughie," protested the minister, discussing these reports, "I
+am told that he actually smokes in school."
+
+Hughie was silent.
+
+"Answer me! Does he smoke in school hours?"
+
+"Well," confessed Hughie, reluctantly, "he does sometimes, but only
+after he gives us all our work to do."
+
+"Smoke in school hours!" ejaculated Mrs. Murray, horrified.
+
+"Well, what's the harm in that? Father smokes."
+
+"But he doesn't smoke when he is preaching," said the mother.
+
+"No, but he smokes right afterwards."
+
+"But not in church."
+
+"Well, perhaps not in church, but school's different. And anyway,
+he makes them read better, and write better too," said Hughie,
+stoutly.
+
+"Certainly," said his father, "he is a most remarkable man. A most
+unusual man."
+
+"What about your sums, Hughie?" asked his mother.
+
+"Don't know. He doesn't bother much with that sort of thing, and
+I'm just as glad."
+
+"You ought really to speak to him about it," said Mrs. Murray,
+after Hughie had left the room.
+
+"Well, my dear," said the minister, smiling, "you heard what Hughie
+said. It would be rather awkward for me to speak to him about
+smoking. I think, perhaps, you had better do it."
+
+"I am afraid," said his wife, with a slight laugh, "it would be
+just as awkward for me. I wonder what those Friday afternoons of
+his mean," she continued.
+
+"I am sure I don't know, but everywhere throughout the section I
+hear the children speak of them. We'll just drop in and see. I
+ought to visit the school, you know, very soon."
+
+And so they did. The master was surprised, and for a moment
+appeared uncertain what to do. He offered to put the classes
+through their regular lessons, but at once there was a noisy outcry
+against this on the part of the school, which, however, was
+effectually and immediately quelled by the quiet suggestion on the
+master's part that anything but perfect order would be fatal to the
+programme. And upon the minister requesting that the usual
+exercises proceed, the master smilingly agreed.
+
+"We make Friday afternoons," he said, "at once a kind of reward
+day for good work during the week, and an opportunity for the
+cultivation of some of the finer arts."
+
+And certainly he was a master in this business. He had strong
+dramatic instincts, and a remarkable power to stimulate and draw
+forth the emotions.
+
+When the programme of singing, recitations, and violin-playing was
+finished, there were insistent calls on every side for "Mark
+Antony." It appeared to be the 'piece de resistance' in the minds
+of the children.
+
+"What does this mean?" inquired the minister, as the master stood
+smiling at his pupils.
+
+"Oh, they are demanding a little high tragedy," he said, "which I
+sometimes give them. It assists in their reading lessons," he
+explained, apologetically, and with that he gave them what Hughie
+called, "that rigmarole beginning, 'Friends, Romans, countrymen,'"
+Mark Antony's immortal oration.
+
+"Well," said the minister, as they drove away from the school,
+"what do you think of that, now?"
+
+"Marvelous!" exclaimed his wife. "What dramatic power, what
+insight, what interpretation!"
+
+"You may say so," exclaimed her husband. "What an actor he would
+make!"
+
+"Yes," said his wife, "or what a minister he would make! I
+understand, now, his wonderful influence over Hughie, and I am
+afraid."
+
+"O, he can't do Hughie any harm with things like that," replied her
+husband, emphatically.
+
+"No, but Hughie now and then repeats some of his sayings about--
+about religion and religious convictions, that I don't like. And
+then he is hanging about that Twentieth store altogether too much,
+and I fancied I noticed something strange about him last Friday
+evening when he came home so late."
+
+"O, nonsense," said the minister. "His reputation has prejudiced
+you, and that is not fair, and your imagination does the rest."
+
+"Well, it is a great pity that he should not do something with
+himself," replied his wife. "There are great possibilities in that
+young man."
+
+"He does not take himself seriously enough," said her husband.
+"That is the chief trouble with him."
+
+And this was apparently Jack Craven's opinion of himself, as is
+evident from his letter to his college friend, Ned Maitland.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"For the last two months I have been seeking to adjust myself to my
+surroundings, and find it no easy business. I have struck the land
+of the Anakim, for the inhabitants are all of 'tremenjous' size,
+and indeed, 'tremenjous' in all their ways, more particularly in
+their religion. Religion is all over the place. You are liable to
+come upon a boy anywhere perched on a fence corner with a New
+Testament in his hand, and on Sunday the 'tremenjousness' of their
+religion is overwhelming. Every other interest in life, as meat,
+drink, and dress, are purely incidental to the main business of the
+day, which is the delivering, hearing, and discussing of sermons.
+
+"The padre, at whose house I am very happily quartered, is a
+'tremenjous' preacher. He has visions, and gives them to me. He
+gives me chills and thrills as well, and has discovered to me a
+conscience, a portion of my anatomy that I had no suspicion of
+possessing.
+
+"The congregation is like the preacher. They will sit for two
+hours, and after a break of a few minutes they will sit again for
+two hours, listening to sermons; and even the interval is somewhat
+evenly divided between their bread and cheese in the churchyard and
+the discussion of the sermon they have just listened to. They are
+great on theology. One worthy old party tackled me on my views of
+the sermon we had just heard; after a little preliminary sparring I
+went to my corner. I often wonder in what continent I am.
+
+"The school, a primitive little log affair, has much run to seed,
+but offers opportunity for repose. I shall avoid any unnecessary
+excitement in this connection.
+
+"In private life the padre is really very decent. We have great
+smokes together, and talks. On all subjects he has very decided
+opinions, and in everything but religion, liberal views. I lure
+him into philosophic discussions, and overwhelm him with my newest
+and biggest metaphysical terms, which always reduce his enormous
+cocksureness to more reasonable dimensions.
+
+"The minister's wife is quite another proposition. She argues,
+too, but unfortunately she asks questions, in the meekest way
+possible acknowledging her ignorance of my big terms, and insisting
+upon definitions and exact meanings, and then it's all over with
+me. How she ever came to this far land, heaven knows, and none but
+heaven can explain such waste. Having no kindred soul to talk
+with, I fancy she enjoys conversation with myself, (sic) revels in
+music, is transported to the fifth heaven by my performance on the
+violin, but evidently pities me and regards me as dangerous. But,
+my dear Maitland, after a somewhat wide and varied experience of
+fine ladies, I give you my verdict that here among the Anakim, and
+in this wild, woody land, is a lady fine and fair and saintly. She
+will bother me, I know. Her son Hughie (he of the bear), of whom I
+told you, the lad with the face of an angel and the temper of an
+angel, but of a different color--her son Hughie she must make into
+a scholar. And no wonder, for already he has attained a remarkable
+degree of excellence, by the grace, not of the little log school,
+however, I venture to shy. His mother has been at him. But now
+she feels that something more is needed, and for that she turns to
+me. You will be able to see the humor of it, but not the pathos.
+She wants to make a man out of her boy, 'a noble, pure-hearted
+gentleman,' and this she lays upon me! Did I hear you laugh?
+Smile not, it is the most tragic of pathos. Upon me, Jack Craven,
+the despair of the professors, the terror of the watch, the--alas!
+you know only too well. My tongue clave to the roof of my mouth,
+and before I could cry, 'Heaven forbid that I should have a hand in
+the making of your boy!' she accepted my pledge to do her desire
+for her young angel with the OTHER-angelic temper.
+
+"And now, my dear Ned, is it for my sins that I am thus pursued?
+What is awaiting me I know not. What I shall do with the young cub
+I have not the ghostliest shadow of an idea. Shall I begin by
+thrashing him soundly? I have refrained so far; I hate the role of
+executioner. Or shall I teach him boxing? The gloves are a great
+educator, and are at times what the padre would call 'means of
+grace.'
+
+"But what will become of me? Shall I become prematurely aged, or
+shall I become a saint? Expect anything from your most devoted,
+but most sorely bored and perplexed,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE DOWNFALL
+
+
+In one point the master was a great disappointment to Hughie; he
+could not be persuaded to play shinny. The usual challenge had
+come up from the Front, with its more than usual insolence, and
+Hughie, who now ranked himself among the big boys, felt the shame
+and humiliation to be intolerable. By the most strenuous exertions
+he started the game going with the first fall of snow, but it was
+difficult to work up any enthusiasm for the game in the face of
+Foxy's very determined and weighty opposition, backed by the
+master's lazy indifference. For, in spite of Hughie's contempt and
+open sneers, Foxy had determined to reopen his store with new and
+glowing attractions. He seemed to have a larger command of capital
+than ever, and he added several very important departments to his
+financial undertaking.
+
+The rivalry between Hughie and Foxy had become acute, but besides
+this, there was in Hughie's heart a pent-up fierceness and longing
+for revenge that he could with difficulty control. And though he
+felt pretty certain that in an encounter with Foxy he would come
+off second best, and though in consequence he delayed that
+encounter as long as possible, he never let Foxy suspect his fear
+of him, and waited with some anxiety for the inevitable crisis.
+
+Upon one thing Hughie was resolved, that the challenge from the
+Front should be accepted, and that they should no longer bear the
+taunt of cowardice, but should make a try, even though it meant
+certain defeat.
+
+His first step had been the organization of the shinny club. His
+next step was to awaken the interest of the master. But in vain he
+enlarged upon the boastfulness and insolence of the Front; in vain
+he recounted the achievements of their heroes of old, who in those
+brave days had won victory and fame over all comers for their
+school and county; the master would not be roused to anything more
+than a languid interest in the game. And this was hardly to be
+wondered at, for shinny in the snow upon the roadway in front of
+the school was none too exciting. But from the day when the game
+was transferred to the mill-pond, one Saturday afternoon when the
+North and South met in battle, the master's indifference vanished,
+for it turned out that he was an enthusiastic skater, and as Hughie
+said, "a whirlwind on the ice."
+
+After that day shinny was played only upon the ice, and the master,
+assuming the position of coach, instituted a more scientific style
+of game, and worked out a system of combined play that made even
+small boys dangerous opponents to boys twice their size and weight.
+Under his guidance it was that the challenge to the Front was so
+worded as to make the contest a game on ice, and to limit the
+number of the team to eleven. Formerly the number had been
+somewhat indefinite, varying from fifteen to twenty, and the style
+of play a general melee. Hughie was made captain of the shinny
+team, and set himself, under the master's direction, to perfect
+their combination and team play.
+
+The master's unexpected interest in the shinny game was the first
+and chief cause of Foxy's downfall as leader of the school, and if
+Hughie had possessed his soul in patience he might have enjoyed the
+spectacle of Foxy's overthrow without involving himself in the
+painful consequences which his thirst for vengeance and his
+vehement desire to accomplish Foxy's ruin brought upon him.
+
+The story of the culmination of the rivalry between Hughie and Foxy
+is preserved in John Craven's second letter to his friend Edward
+Maitland. The letter also gives an account of the master's own
+undoing--an undoing which bore fruit to the end of his life.
+
+
+"Dear Ned:--
+
+"I hasten to correct the false impression my previous letter must
+have conveyed to you. It occurs to me that I suggested that this
+school afforded unrivaled opportunities for repose. Further
+acquaintance reveals to me the fact that it is the seething center
+of the most nerve-racking excitement. The life of the school is
+reflected in the life of the community, and the throbs of excitement
+that vibrate from the school are felt in every home of the section.
+We are in the thick of preparations for a deadly contest with the
+insolent, benighted, boastful, but hitherto triumphant Front, in the
+matter of shinny. You know my antipathy to violent sports, and you
+will find some difficulty in picturing me an enthusiastic trainer
+and general director of the Twentieth team, flying about, wildly
+gesticulating with a club, and shrieking orders, imprecations,
+cautions, encouragements, in the most frantic manner, at as furious
+a company of little devils as ever went joyously to battle.
+
+"Then, as if this were not excitement enough, I am made the
+unwitting spectator of a truly Homeric contest, bloodier by far
+than many of those fought on the plains of windy Troy, between the
+rival leaders of the school, to wit, Hughie of the angelic face and
+OTHER-angelic temper, and an older and much heavier boy, who
+rejoices in the cognomen of 'Foxy,' as being accurately descriptive
+at once of the brilliance of his foliage and of his financial
+tactics.
+
+"It appears that for many months this rivalry has existed, but I am
+convinced that there is more in the struggle than appears on the
+surface. There is some dark and deadly mystery behind it all that
+only adds, of course, to the thrilling interest it holds for me.
+
+"Long before I arrived on the arena, which was an open space in the
+woods in front of what Foxy calls his store, wild shrieks and yells
+fell upon my ears, as if the aboriginal denizens of the forest had
+returned. Quietly approaching, I soon guessed the nature of the
+excitement, and being unwilling to interfere until I had thoroughly
+grasped the ethical and other import of the situation, I shinned up
+a tree, and from this point of vantage took in the spectacle. It
+appeared from Foxy's violent accusations that Hughie had been
+guilty of wrecking the store, which, by the way, the latter utterly
+despises and contemns. The following interesting and striking
+conversation took place:
+
+"'What are you doing in my store, anyway?' says he of the brilliant
+foliage. 'You're just a thief, that's what you are, and a sneaking
+thief.'
+
+"Promptly the lie comes back. 'I wasn't touching your rotten
+stuff!' and again the lie is exchanged.
+
+"Immediately there is demand from the spectators that the matter be
+argued to a demonstration, and thereupon one of the larger boys,
+wishing to precipitate matters and to furnish a casus belli, puts a
+chip upon Hughie's shoulder and dares Foxy to knock it off. But
+Hughie flings the chip aside.
+
+"'Go away with yourself and your chip. I'm not going to fight for
+any chip.'
+
+"Yells of derision, 'Cowardy, cowardy, custard,' 'Give him a good
+cuffing, Foxy,' 'He's afraid,' and so forth. And indeed, Hughie
+appears none too anxious to prove his innocence and integrity upon
+the big and solid body of his antagonist.
+
+"Foxy, much encouraged by the clamor of his friends, deploys in
+force in front of his foe, shouting, 'Come on, you little thief!'
+
+"'I'm not a thief! I didn't touch one of your things!'
+
+"'Whether you touched my things or not, you're a thief, anyway, and
+you know you are. You stole money, and I know it, and you know it
+yourself.'
+
+"To this Hughie strangely enough makes no reply, wherein lies the
+mystery. But though he makes no reply he faces up boldly to Foxy
+and offers battle. This is evidently a surprise to Foxy, who
+contents himself with threats as to what he can do with his one
+hand tied behind his back, and what he will do in a minute, while
+Hughie waits, wasting no strength upon words.
+
+"Finally Foxy strides to his store door, and apparently urged to
+frenzy by the sight of the wreckage therein, comes back and lands a
+sharp cuff on his antagonist's ear.
+
+"It is all that is needed. As if he had touched a spring, Hughie
+flew at him wildly, inconsequently making a windmill of his arms.
+But fortunately he runs foul of one of Foxy's big fists, and falls
+back with spouting nose. Enthusiastic yells from Foxy's following.
+And Foxy, having done much better than he expected, is encouraged
+to pursue his advantage.
+
+"Meantime the blood is being mopped off Hughie's face with a
+snowball, his tears flowing equally with his blood.
+
+"'Wait till to-morrow,' urges Fusie, his little French fidus
+Achates.
+
+"'To-morrow!' yells Hughie, suddenly. 'No, but now! I'll kill the
+lying, sneaking, white-faced beast now, or I'll die myself!' after
+which heroic resolve he flings himself, blood and tears, upon the
+waiting Foxy, and this time with better result, for Foxy, waiting
+the attack with arms up and eyes shut, finds himself pummeled all
+over the face, and after a few moments of ineffectual resistance,
+turns, and in quite the Homeric way seeks safety in flight,
+followed by the furious and vengeful Achilles, and the jeering
+shouts of the bloodthirsty but disappointed rabble.
+
+"As I have said, the mystery behind it remains unsolved, but Foxy's
+reign is at an end, and with him goes the store, for which I am
+devoutly thankful.
+
+"I would my tale ended here with the downfall of Foxy, but, my dear
+Ned, I have to record a sadder and more humiliating downfall than
+that--the abject and utter collapse of my noble self. I have once
+more played the fool, and played into the hands of the devil, mine
+own familiar and well-beloved devil.
+
+"The occasion I need not enlarge upon; it always waits. A long
+day's skate, a late supper with some of the wilder and more
+reckless outcasts of this steady-going community that frequent the
+back store, results in my appearing at the manse door late at
+night, very unsteady of leg and incoherent of speech. By a most
+unhappy chance, a most scurvy trick my familiar devil played upon
+me, the door is opened by the minister's wife. I can see her look
+of fear, horror, and loathing yet. It did more to pull me together
+than a cold bath, so that I saved myself the humiliation of speech
+and escaped to my room.
+
+"And now, what do you think? Reproaches, objurgations, and final
+dismissal on the part of the padre, tearful exhortations to
+repentance on the part of his wife? Not a bit. If you believe me,
+sir, my unhappy misadventure remains a secret with her. She told
+not a soul. Remarkably fine, I call that. And what more, think
+you? A cold and haughty reserve, or a lofty pity, with the fearful
+expectation of judgment? Not in the least. Only a little added
+kindness, a deeper note to the frank, sympathetic interest she has
+always shown, and that is all. My dear chap, I offered to leave,
+but when she looked at me with those great hazel-brown eyes of hers
+and said, 'Why should you go? Would it be better for you any place
+else?' I found myself enjoying the luxury of an entirely new set of
+emotions, which I shall not analyze to you. But I feel more
+confident than ever that I shall either die early or end in being a
+saint.
+
+"And now, do you know, she persists in ignoring that anything has
+taken place, talks to me about her young men and her hopes for
+them, the work she would do for them, and actually asks my
+assistance! It appears that ever since their Great Revival, which
+is the beginning of days to them, events being dated from before
+the Great Revival or after, some of these young men have a desire
+to be ministers, or think they have. It is really her desire, I
+suspect, for them. The difficulty is, preparation for college. In
+this she asks my help. The enormous incongruity of the situation
+does not appear to strike her, that I, the--too many unutterable
+things--should be asked to prepare these young giants, with their
+'tremenjous' religious convictions, for the ministry; nevertheless
+I yield myself to do anything and everything she lays upon me. I
+repeat, I shall without doubt end in being a saint myself, and
+should not be surprised to find myself with these 'tremenjous'
+young men on the way to Holy Orders. Fancy the good Doctor's face!
+He would suspect a lurking pleasantry in it all.
+
+"This letter, I know, will render chaotic all your conceptions of
+me, and in this chaos of mind I can heartily sympathize. What the
+next chapter will be, God only knows! It depends upon how my
+familiar devil behaves himself. Meantime, I am parleying with him,
+and with some anxiety as to the result subscribe myself,
+
+"Your friend,
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE FIRST ROUND
+
+
+The challenge from the Front was for the best two out of three, the
+first game to be played the last day of the year. Steadily, under
+Craven's coaching, the Twentieth team were perfected in their
+systematic play; for although Craven knew nothing of shinny, he had
+captained the champion lacrosse team of the province of Quebec, and
+the same general rules of defense and attack could be applied with
+equal success to the game of shinny. The team was greatly
+strengthened by the accession of Thomas Finch and Don Cameron, both
+of whom took up the school again with a view to college. With
+Thomas in goal, Hughie said he felt as if a big hole had been
+filled up behind him.
+
+The master caused a few preliminary skirmishes with neighboring
+teams to be played by way of practice, and by the time the end of
+the year had come, he felt confident that the team would not
+disgrace their school. His confidence was not ill-founded.
+
+"We have covered ourselves with glory," he writes to his friend Ned
+Maitland, "for we have whipped to a finish the arrogant and mighty
+Front. I am more than ever convinced that I shall have to take a
+few days off and get away to Montreal, or some other retired spot,
+to recover from the excitement of the last week.
+
+"Under my diligent coaching, in which, knowing nothing whatever of
+shinny, I have striven to introduce something of the lacrosse
+method, our team got into really decent fighting trim. Under the
+leadership of their captain, who has succeeded in infusing his own
+fierce and furious temper into his men, they played like little
+demons, from the drop of the ball till the game was scored.
+'Furious' is the word, for they and their captain play with
+headlong fury, and that, I might say, is about their only defect,
+for if they ever should run into a bigger team, who had any
+semblance of head about them, and were not merely feet, they would
+surely come to grief.
+
+"I cannot stay to recount our victory. Let it suffice that we were
+driven down in two big sleigh-loads by Thomas Finch, the back wall
+of our defense, and Don Cameron, who plays in the right of the
+forward line, both great, strapping fellows, who are to be
+eventually, I believe, members of my preparatory class.
+
+"The Front came forth, cheerful, big, confident, trusting in the
+might of their legs. We are told that the Lord taketh no pleasure
+in the legs of man, and this is true in the game of shinny. Not
+legs alone, but heart and head win, with anything like equal
+chances.
+
+"Game called, 2:30; Captain Hughie has the drop; seizes the ball,
+passes it to Fusie, who rushes, passes back to Hughie, who has
+arrived in the vicinity of the enemy's goal, and shoots, swift and
+straight, a goal. Time, 30 seconds.
+
+"Again and again my little demons pierce the heavy, solid line of
+the Front defense, and score, the enemy, big and bewildered, being
+chiefly occupied in watching them do it. By six o'clock that
+evening I had them safe at the manse in a condition of dazed
+jubilation, quite unable to realize the magnificence of their
+achievement. They had driven twelve miles down, played a two
+hours' game of shinny, score eight to two, and were back safe and
+sound, bearing with them victory and some broken shins, equally
+proud of both.
+
+"There is a big supper at the manse, prepared, I believe, with the
+view of consolation, but transformed into a feast of triumph, the
+minister being enthusiastically jubilant over the achievement of
+his boys, his wife, if possible, even more so. The heroes feed
+themselves to fullness, amazing and complete, the minister holds a
+thanksgiving service, in which I have no doubt my little demons
+most earnestly join, after which they depart to shed the radiance
+of their glory throughout the section.
+
+"And now I have to recount another experience of mine, quite unique
+and altogether inexplicable. It appears that in this remarkable
+abode--I would call it 'The Saint's Rest' were it not for the
+presence of others than saints, and for the additional fact that
+there is little rest for the saint who makes her dwelling here--in
+this abode there prevails the quaint custom of watching the death
+of the old year and the birth of the new. It is made the occasion
+of religious and heart-searching rite. As the solemn hour of
+midnight draws on, a silence falls upon the family, all of whom,
+with the exception of the newest infant, are present. It is the
+family festival of the year.
+
+"'And what will they be doing at your home, Mr. Craven?' inquires
+the minister. The contrast that rose before my mind was vivid
+enough, for having received my invitation to a big dance, I knew my
+sweet sisters would be having a jolly wild time about that moment.
+My answer, given I feel in a somewhat flippant tone, appears to
+shock my shinny captain of the angelic face, who casts a honor-
+stricken glance at his mother, and waits for the word of reproof
+that he thinks is due from the padre's lips.
+
+"But before it falls the mother interposes with 'They will miss you
+greatly this evening.' It was rather neatly done, and I think I
+appreciated it.
+
+"The rite proceeds. The initial ceremony is the repeating of a
+verse of Scripture all round, and to save my life nothing comes to
+my mind but the words, 'Remember Lot's wife.' As I cannot see the
+appropriateness of the quotation, I pass.
+
+"Five minutes before the stroke of twelve, they sing the Scottish
+paraphrase beginning, 'O God of Bethel.' I do not suppose you ever
+heard it, but it is a beautiful hymn, and singularly appropriate to
+the hour. In this I lend assistance with my violin, the tune being
+the very familiar one of 'Auld Lang Syne,' associated in my mind,
+however, with occasions somewhat widely diverse from this. I
+assure you I am thankful that my part is instrumental, for the
+whole business is getting onto my emotions in a disturbing manner,
+and especially when I allow my eyes to linger for a moment or two
+on the face of the lady, the center of the circle, who is
+deliberately throwing away her fine culture and her altogether
+beautiful soul upon the Anakim here, and with a beautiful
+unconsciousness of anything like sacrifice, is now thanking God for
+the privilege of doing so. I have some moments of rare emotional
+luxury, those moments that are next to tears.
+
+"Then the padre offers one of those heart-racking prayers of his
+that, whether they reach anything outside or not, somehow get down
+into one's vitals, and stir up remorses, and self-condemnings, and
+longings unutterable. Then they all kiss the mother and wish her a
+Happy New-Year.
+
+"My boy, my dear boy, I have never known deeper moments than those.
+And when I went to shake hands with her, she seemed so like a queen
+receiving homage, that without seeming to feel I was making a fool
+of myself, I did the Queen Victoria act, and saluted her hand. It
+is wonderful how great moments discover the lady to you. She must
+have known how I was feeling, for with a very beautiful grace, she
+said, 'Let me be your mother for to-night,' and by Jove, she kissed
+me. I have been kissed before, and have kissed some women in my
+time, but that is the only kiss I can remember, and s'help me Bob,
+I'll never kiss another till I kiss my wife.
+
+"And then and there, Maitland, I swore by all that I knew of God,
+and by everything sacred in life, that I'd quit the past and be
+worthy of her trust; for the mischief of it is, she will persist in
+trusting you, puts you on your honor noblesse oblige business, and
+all that. I think I told you that I might end in being a saint.
+That dream I have surrendered, but, by the grace of heaven, I'm
+going to try to be a man. And I am going to play shinny with those
+boys, and if I can help them to win that match, and the big game of
+life, I will do it.
+
+"As witness my hand and seal, this first day of January, 18--
+
+"J. C."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE FINAL ROUND
+
+
+After the New-Year the school filled up with big boys, some of whom
+had returned with the idea of joining the preparatory class for
+college, which the minister had persuaded John Craven to organize.
+
+Shinny, however, became the absorbing interest for all the boys,
+both big and little. This interest was intensified by the rumors
+that came up from the Front, for it was noised through the
+Twentieth section that Dan Munro, whose father was a cousin of
+Archie Munro, the former teacher, had come from Marrintown and
+taken charge of the Front school, and that, being used to the ice
+game, and being full of tricks and swift as a bird, he was an
+exceedingly dangerous man. More than that, he was training his
+team with his own tricks, and had got back to school some of the
+old players, among whom were no less renowned personages than Hec
+Ross and Jimmie "Ben." Jimmie Ben, to wit, James son of Benjamin
+McEwen, was more famed for his prowess as a fighter than for his
+knowledge of the game of shinny, but every one who saw him play
+said he was "a terror." Further, it was rumored that there was a
+chance of them getting for goal Farquhar McRae, "Little Farquhar,"
+or "Farquhar Bheg" (pronounced "vaick"), as he was euphoniously
+called, who presumably had once been little, but could no longer
+claim to be so, seeing that he was six feet, and weighed two
+hundred pounds.
+
+It behooved the Twentieth team, therefore, to bestir themselves
+with all diligence, and in this matter Hughie gave no rest either
+to himself or to any one else likely to be of use in perfecting his
+team. For Hughie had been unanimously chosen captain, in spite of
+his protests that the master or one of the big boys should hold
+that place. But none of the big boys knew the new game as
+perfectly as Hughie, and the master had absolutely refused, saying,
+"You beat them once, Hughie, and you can do it again." And as the
+days and weeks went on, Hughie fully justified the team's choice of
+him as captain. He developed a genius for organization, a sureness
+of judgment, and a tact in management, as well as a skill and speed
+in play, that won the confidence of every member of his team. He
+set himself resolutely to banish any remaining relics of the
+ancient style of play. In the old game every one rushed to hit the
+ball without regard to direction or distance, and the consequence
+was, that from end to end of the field a mob of yelling, stick-
+waving players more or less aimlessly followed in the wake of the
+ball. But Hughie and the master changed all that, forced the men
+to play in their positions, training them never to drive wildly
+forward, but to pass to a man, and to keep their clubs down and
+their mouths shut.
+
+The striking characteristic of Hughie's own playing was a certain
+fierceness, amounting almost to fury, so that when he was in the
+attack he played for every ounce there was in him. His chief
+weakness lay in his tempestuous temper, which he found difficult to
+command, but as he worked his men from day to day, and week to
+week, the responsibility of his position and the magnitude of the
+issues at stake helped him to a self-control quite remarkable in
+him.
+
+As the fateful day drew near the whole section was stirred with an
+intense interest and excitement, in which even the grave and solemn
+elders shared, and to a greater degree, the minister and his wife.
+
+At length the day, as all days great and small, actually arrived.
+A big crowd awaited the appearance of "the folks from the Front."
+They were expected about two, but it was not till half-past that
+there was heard in the distance the sound of the bagpipes.
+
+"Here they are! That's Alan the cooper's pipes," was the cry, and
+before long, sure enough there appeared Alphonse le Roque driving
+his French-Canadian team, the joy and pride of his heart, for
+Alphonse was a born horse-trainer, and had taught his French-
+Canadians many extraordinary tricks. On the dead gallop he
+approached the crowd till within a few yards, when, at a sudden
+command, they threw themselves upon their haunches, and came almost
+to a standstill. With a crack of his long whip Alphonse gave the
+command, "Deesplay yousef!" At once his stout little team began to
+toss their beautiful heads, and broke into a series of prancing
+curves that would not have shamed a pair of greyhounds. Then, as
+they drew up to the stopping-point, he gathered up his lines, and
+with another crack of his whip, cried, "Salute ze ladies!" when,
+with true equine courtesy, they rose upon their hind legs and
+gracefully pawed the empty air. Finally, after depositing his load
+amid the admiring exclamations of the crowd, he touched their tails
+with the point of his whip, gave a sudden "Whish!" and like hounds
+from the leash his horses sprang off at full gallop.
+
+One after another the teams from the Front swung round and emptied
+their loads.
+
+"Man! what a crowd!" said Hughie to Don. "There must be a hundred
+at least."
+
+"Yes, and there's Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben," said Don, "and sure
+enough, Farquhar Begh. We'll be catching it to-day, whatever,"
+continued Don, cheerfully.
+
+"Pshaw! we licked as big men before. It isn't size," said Hughie,
+with far more confidence than he felt.
+
+It was half an hour before the players were ready to begin. The
+rules of the game were few and simple. The play was to be one hour
+each way, with a quarter of an hour rest between. There was to be
+no tripping, no hitting on the shins when the ball was out of the
+scrimmage, and all disputes were to be settled by the umpire, who
+on this occasion was the master of the Sixteenth school.
+
+"He's no good," grumbled Hughie to his mother, who was even more
+excited than her boy himself. "He can't play himself, and he's too
+easy scared."
+
+"Never mind," said his mother, brightly; "perhaps he won't have
+much to do."
+
+"Much to do! Well, there's Jimmie Ben, and he's an awful fighter,
+but I'm not going to let him frighten me," said Hughie, savagely;
+"and there's Dan Munro, too, they say he's a terror, and Hec Ross.
+Of course we've got just as good men, but they won't fight. Why,
+Johnnie 'Big Duncan' and Don, there, are as good as any of them,
+but they won't fight."
+
+The mother smiled a little.
+
+"What a pity! But why should they fight? Fighting is not shinny."
+
+"No, that's what the master says. And he's right enough, too, but
+it's awful hard when a fellow doesn't play fair, when he trips you
+up or clubs you on the shins when you're not near the ball. You
+feel like hitting him back."
+
+"Yes, but that's the very time to show self-control."
+
+"I know. And that's what the master says."
+
+"Of course it is," went on his mother. "That's what the game is
+for, to teach the boys to command their tempers. You remember 'he
+that ruleth his spirit is better than he that taketh a city.'
+
+"O, it's all right," said Hughie, "and easy enough to talk about."
+
+"What's easy enough to talk about?" asked the master, coming up.
+
+"Taking a city," said Mrs. Murray, smiling at him.
+
+The master looked puzzled.
+
+"Mother means," said Hughie, "keeping one's temper in shinny. But
+I'm telling her it's pretty hard when a fellow clubs you on the
+shins when you're away from the ball."
+
+"Yes, of course it's hard," said the master, "but it's better than
+being a cad," which brought a quick flush to Hughie's face, but
+helped him more than anything else to keep himself in hand that
+day.
+
+"Can't understand a man," said the master, "who goes into a game
+and then quits it to fight. If it's fighting, why fight, but if
+it's shinny, play the game. Big team against us, eh, captain?" he
+continued, looking at the Front men, who were taking a preliminary
+spin upon the ice, "and pretty swift, too."
+
+"If they play fair, I don't mind," said Hughie. "I'm not afraid of
+them; but if they get slugging--"
+
+"Well, if they get slugging," said the master, "we'll play the game
+and win, sure."
+
+"Well, it's time to begin," said Hughie, and with a good by to his
+mother he turned away.
+
+"Remember, take a city," she called out after him.
+
+"All right, muzzie, I'll remember."
+
+In a few moments the teams were in position opposite each other.
+The team from the Front made a formidable show in weight and
+muscle. At the right of the forward line stood the redoubtable Dan
+Munro, the stocky, tricky, fierce captain of the Front team, and
+with him three rather small boys in red shirts. The defense
+consisted of Hec Ross, the much-famed and much-feared Jimmie Ben,
+while in goal, sure enough, stood the immense and solid bulk of
+Farquhar Bheg. The center was held by four boys of fair size and
+weight.
+
+In the Twentieth team the forward line was composed of Jack Ross,
+Curly Ross's brother, Fusie, Davie Scotch, and Don Cameron. The
+center was played by Hughie, with three little chaps who made up
+for their lack of weight by their speed and skill. The defense
+consisted of Johnnie "Big Duncan," to wit, John, the son of Big
+Duncan Campbell, on the left hand, and the master on the right,
+backed up by Thomas Finch in goal, who much against his will was in
+the game that day. His heart was heavy within him, for he saw, not
+the gleaming ice and the crowding players, but "the room" at home,
+and his mother, with her pale, patient face, sitting in her chair.
+His father, he knew, would be beside her, and Jessac would be
+flitting about. "But for all that, she'll have a long day," he
+said to himself, for only his loyalty to the school and to Hughie
+had brought him to the game that day.
+
+When play was called, Hughie, with Fusie immediately behind him,
+stood facing Dan in the center with one of the little Red Shirts at
+his back. It was Dan's drop. He made a pass or two, then shot
+between his legs to a Red Shirt, who, upon receiving, passed far
+out to Red Shirt number three, who flew along the outer edge and
+returned swiftly to Dan, now far up the other side. Like the wind
+Dan sped down the line, dodged Johnnie Big Duncan easily, and shot
+from the corner, straight, swift, and true, a goal.
+
+"One for the Front!" Eleven shinny-sticks went up in the air, the
+bagpipes struck up a wild refrain, big Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben
+danced a huge, unwieldy, but altogether jubilant dance round each
+other, and then settled down to their places, for it was Hughie's
+drop.
+
+Hughie took the ball from the umpire and faced Dan with some degree
+of nervousness, for Dan was heavy and strong, and full of
+confidence. After a little manoeuvering he dropped the ball
+between Dan's legs, but Dan, instead of attending to the ball,
+charged full upon him and laid him flat, while one of the Red
+Shirts, seizing the ball, flew off with it, supported by a friendly
+Red Shirt on either side of him, with Dan following hard.
+
+Right through the crowd dodged the Red Shirts till they came up to
+the Twentieth line of defense, when forth came Johnnie Big Duncan
+in swift attack. But the little Red Shirt who had the ball,
+touching it slightly to the right, tangled himself up in Johnnie
+Big Duncan's legs and sent him sprawling, while Dan swiped the ball
+to another Red Shirt who had slipped in behind the master, for
+there was no such foolishness as off-side in that game. Like
+lightning the Red Shirt caught the ball, and rushing at Thomas,
+shot furiously at close quarters. Goal number two for the Front!
+
+Again on all sides rose frantic cheers. "The Front! The Front!
+Murro forever!" Two games had been won, and not a Twentieth man
+had touched the ball. With furtive, uncertain glances the men of
+the Twentieth team looked one at the other, and all at their
+captain, as if seeking explanation of this extraordinary situation.
+
+"Well," said Hughie, in a loud voice, to the master, and with a
+careless laugh, though at his heart he was desperate, "they are
+giving us a little taste of our own medicine."
+
+The master dropped to buckle his skate, deliberately unwinding the
+strap, while the umpire allowed time.
+
+"Give me a hand with this, Hughie," he called, and Hughie skated up
+to him.
+
+"Well," said Craven, smiling up into Hughie's face, "that's a good,
+swift opening, isn't it?"
+
+"Oh, it's terrible," groaned Hughie. "They're going to lick us off
+the ice."
+
+"Well," replied the master, slowly, "I wouldn't be in a hurry to
+say so. We have a hundred minutes and more to win in yet. Now,
+don't you see that their captain is their great card. Suppose you
+let the ball go for a game or two, and stick to Dan. Trail him,
+never let him shake you. The rest of us will take care of the
+game."
+
+"All right," said Hughie, "I'll stick to him," and off he set for
+the center.
+
+As the loser, Hughie again held the drop. He faced Dan with
+determination to get that ball out to Fusie, and somehow he felt in
+his bones that he should succeed in doing this. Without any
+preliminary he dropped, and knocked the ball toward Fusie.
+
+But this was evidently what Dan expected, for as soon as Hughie
+made the motion to drop he charged hard upon the waiting Fusie.
+Hughie, however, had his plan as well, for immediately upon the
+ball leaving his stick, he threw himself in Dan's way, checking him
+effectually, and allowing Fusie, with Don and Scotchie following,
+to get away.
+
+The Front defense, however, was too strong, and the ball came
+shooting back toward the line of Reds, one of whom, making a short
+run, passed far out to Dan on the right. But before the latter
+could get up speed, Hughie was upon him, and ignoring the ball,
+blocked and bothered and checked him, till one of the Twentieth
+centers, rushing in, secured it for his side.
+
+"Ha! well done, captain!" came Craven's voice across the ice, and
+Hughie felt his nerve come back. If he could hold Dan, that deadly
+Front combination might be broken.
+
+Meantime Don had secured the ball from Craven, and was rushing up
+his right wing.
+
+"Here you are, Hughie," he cried, shooting across the Front goal.
+
+Hughie sprang to receive, but before he could shoot Dan was upon
+him, checking so hard that Hughie was sent sprawling to the ice,
+while Dan shot away with the ball.
+
+But before he had gone very far Hughie was after him like a
+whirlwind, making straight for his own goal, so that by the time
+Dan had arrived at shooting distance, Hughie was again upon him,
+and while in the very act of steadying himself for his try at the
+goal, came crashing into him with such fierceness of attack that
+Dan was flung aside, while Johnnie Big Duncan, capturing the ball,
+sent it across to the master.
+
+It was the master's first chance for the day. With amazing
+swiftness and dexterity he threaded the outer edge of the ice, and
+with a sudden swerve across, avoided the throng that had gathered
+to oppose him, and then with a careless ease, as if it were a
+matter of little importance, he dodged in between the heavy Front
+defense, shot his goal, and skated back coolly to his place.
+
+The Twentieth's moment had come, and both upon the ice and upon the
+banks the volume and fierceness of the cheering testified to the
+intensity of the feeling that had been so long pent up.
+
+That game had revealed to Hughie two important facts: the first,
+that he was faster than Dan in a straight race; and the second,
+that it would be advisable to feed the master, for it was clearly
+apparent that there was not his equal upon the ice in dodging.
+
+"That was well done, captain," said Craven to Hughie, as he was
+coolly skating back to his position.
+
+"A splendid run, sir," cried Hughie, in return.
+
+"Oh, the run was easy. It was your check there that did the trick.
+That's the game," he continued, lowering his voice. "It's hard on
+you, though. Can you stand it?"
+
+"Well, I can try for a while," said Hughie, confidently.
+
+"If you can," said the master, "we've got them," and Hughie settled
+down into the resolve that, cost what it might, he would stick like
+a leech to Dan.
+
+He imparted his plan to Fusie, adding, "Now, whenever you see me
+tackle Dan, run in and get the ball. I'm not going to bother about
+it."
+
+Half an hour had gone. The score stood two to one in favor of the
+Front, but the result every one felt to be still uncertain. That
+last attack of Hughie's, and the master's speedy performance, gave
+some concern to the men of the Front, and awakened a feeling of
+confidence in the Twentieth team.
+
+But Dan, wise general that he was, saw the danger, and gave his
+commands ere he faced off for the new game.
+
+"When that man Craven gets it," he said to the men of the center,
+"make straight for the goal. Never mind the ball."
+
+The wisdom of this order became at once evident, for when in the
+face-off he secured the ball, Hughie clung so tenaciously to his
+heels and checked him so effectually, that he was forced to resign
+it to the Reds, who piercing the Twentieth center, managed to
+scurry up the ice with the ball between them. But when, met by
+Craven and Johnnie Big Duncan, they passed across to Dan, Hughie
+again checked so fiercely that Johnnie Big Duncan secured the ball,
+passed back to the master, who with another meteoric flash along
+the edge of the field broke through the Front's defense, and again
+shot.
+
+It was only Farquhar Bheg's steady coolness that saved the goal.
+It was a near enough thing, however, to strike a sudden chill to
+the heart of the Front goal-keeper, and to make Dan realize that
+something must be done to check these dangerous rushes of Craven.
+
+"Get in behind the defense there, and stay there," he said to two
+of his centers, and his tone indicated that his serene confidence
+in himself and his team was slightly shaken. Hughie's close
+checking was beginning to chafe him, for his team in their practice
+had learned to depend unduly upon him.
+
+Noticing Dan's change in the disposition of his men, Hughie moved
+up two of his centers nearer to the Front defense.
+
+"Get into their way," he said "and give the master a clear field."
+
+But this policy only assisted Dan's plan of defense, for the
+presence of so many players before the Front goal filled up the ice
+to such an extent that Craven's rushes were impeded by mere
+numbers.
+
+For some time Dan watched the result of his tactics well satisfied,
+remaining himself for the time in the background. During one of
+the pauses, when the ball was out of play, he called one of the
+little Reds to him.
+
+"Look here," he said, "you watch this. Right after one of those
+rushes of Craven's, don't follow him down, but keep up to your
+position. I'll get the ball to you somehow, and then you'll have a
+chance to shoot. No use passing to me, for this little son of a
+gun is on my back like a flea on a dog." Dan was seriously
+annoyed.
+
+The little Red passed the word around and patiently waited his
+chance. Once and again the plan failed, chiefly because Dan could
+not get the ball out of the scrimmage, but at length, when Hughie
+had been tempted to rush in with the hope of putting in a shot, the
+ball slid out of the scrimmage, and Dan, swooping down upon it,
+passed swiftly to the waiting Red who immediately shot far out to
+his alert wing, and then rushing down the center and slipping past
+Johnnie Big Duncan, who had gone forth to meet Dan coming down the
+right, and the master who was attending to the little Red on the
+wing, received the ball, and putting in a short, swift shot, scored
+another goal for the Front, amid a tempest of hurrahings from the
+team and their supporters.
+
+The game now stood three to one in favor of the Front, and up to
+the end of the first hour no change was made in this score.
+
+And now there was a scene of the wildest enthusiasm and confusion.
+The Front people flocked upon the ice and carried off their team to
+their quarter of the shanty, loading them with congratulations and
+refreshing them with various drinks.
+
+"Better get your men together, captain," suggested Craven, and
+Hughie gathered them into the Twentieth corner of the shanty.
+
+In spite of the adverse score Hughie found his team full of fight.
+They crowded about him and the master, eager to listen to any
+explanation of the present defeat that might be offered for their
+comfort, or to any plans by which the defeat might be turned into
+victory. Some minutes they spent in excitedly discussing the
+various games, and in good-naturedly chaffing Thomas Finch for his
+failure to prevent a score. But Thomas had nothing to say in
+reply. He had done his best, and he had a feeling that they all
+knew it. No man was held in higher esteem by the team than the
+goal-keeper.
+
+"Any plan, captain?" asked the master, after they had talked for
+some minutes, and all grew quiet.
+
+"What do you think, sir?" said Hughie.
+
+"O, let us hear from you. You're the captain."
+
+"Well," said Hughie, slowly, and with deliberate emphasis, "I think
+we are going to win." (Yells from all sides.) "At any rate we
+ought to win, for I think we have the better team." (More yells.)
+"What I mean is this, I think we are better in combination play,
+and I don't think they have a man who can touch the master."
+
+Enthusiastic exclamations, "That's right!" "Better believe it!"
+"Horo!"
+
+"But we have a big fight before us. And that Dan Munro's a terror.
+The only change I can think of is to open out more and fall back
+from their goal for a little while. And then, if I can hold Dan--"
+
+"Cries of "You'll hold him all right!" "You are the lad!"
+
+"Everybody should feed the master. They can't stop him, any of
+them. But I would say for the first while, anyway, play defense.
+What do you think, sir?" appealing to the master.
+
+"I call that good tactics. But don't depend too much upon me; if
+any man has a chance for a run and a shot, let him take it. And
+don't give up your combination in your forward line. The captain
+is quite right in seeking to draw them away from their goal. Their
+defense territory is too full now. Now, what I have noticed is
+this, they mainly rely upon Dan Munro and upon their three big
+defense men. For the first fifteen minutes they will make their
+hardest push. Let us take the captain's advice, fall back a
+little, and so empty their defense. But on the whole, keep your
+positions, play to your men, and," he added, with a smile, "don't
+get too mad."
+
+"I guess they will be making some plans, too," said Thomas Finch,
+slowly, and everybody laughed.
+
+"That's quite right, Thomas, but we'll give them a chance for the
+first while to show us what they mean to do."
+
+At this point the minister came in, looking rather gloomy.
+
+"Well, Mr. Craven, rather doubtful outlook, is it not?"
+
+"O, not too bad, sir," said the master, cheerfully.
+
+"Three to one. What worse do you want?"
+
+"Well, six to one would be worse," replied the master. "Besides,
+their first two games were taken by a kind of fluke. We didn't
+know their play. You will notice they have taken only one in the
+last three-quarters of an hour."
+
+"I doubt they are too big for you," continued the minister.
+
+"Isn't altogether size that wins in shinny," said Mr. Craven.
+"Hughie there isn't a very big man, but he can hold any one of
+them."
+
+"Well, I hope you may be right," said the minister. "I am sorry I
+have to leave the game to see a sick man up Kenyon way."
+
+"Sorry you can't stay, sir, to see us win," said Craven,
+cheerfully, while Hughie slipped out to see his mother before she
+went.
+
+"Well, my boy," said his mother, "you are playing a splendid game,
+and you are getting better as you go on."
+
+"Thanks, mother. That's the kind of talk we like," said Hughie,
+who had been a little depressed by his father's rather gloomy
+views. "I'm awfully sorry you can't stay."
+
+"And so am I, but we must go. But we shall be back in time for
+supper, and you will ask all the team to come down to celebrate
+their victory."
+
+"Good for you, mother! I'll tell them, and I bet they'll play."
+
+Meantime the team from the Front had been having something of a
+jollification in their quarters. They were sure of victory, and in
+spite of their captain's remonstrances had already begun to pass
+round the bottle in the way of celebration.
+
+"They're having something strong in there," said little Mac
+McGregor. "Wish they'd pass some this way."
+
+"Let them have it," said Johnnie Big Duncan, whose whole family
+ever since the revival had taken a total abstinence pledge,
+although this was looked upon as a very extreme position indeed, by
+almost all the community. But Big Duncan Campbell had learned by
+very bitter experience that for him, at least, there was no safety
+in a moderate use of "God's good creature," as many of his fellow
+church-members designated the "mountain dew," and his sons had
+loyally backed him up in this attitude.
+
+"Quite, right!" said the master, emphatically. "And if they had
+any sense they would know that with every drink they are throwing
+away a big chance of winning."
+
+"Horo, you fellows!" shouted big Hec Ross across to them, "aren't
+you going to play any more? Have you got enough of it already?"
+
+"We will not be caring for any more of yon kind," said Johnnie Big
+Duncan, good-naturedly, "and we were thinking of giving you a
+change."
+
+"Come away and be at it, then," said Hec, "for we're all getting
+cold."
+
+"That's easily cured," said Dan, as they sallied forth to the ice
+again, "for I warrant you will not be suffering from the cold in
+five minutes."
+
+When the teams took up their positions, it was discovered that Dan
+had fallen back to the center, and Hughie was at a loss to know how
+to meet this new disposition of the enemy's force.
+
+"Let them go on," said the master, with whom Hughie was holding a
+hurried consultation. "You stick to him, and we'll play defense
+till they develop their plan."
+
+The tactics of the Front became immediately apparent upon the drop
+of the ball, and proved to be what the master had foretold. No
+sooner had the game begun than the big defense men advanced with
+the centers to the attack, and when Hughie followed up his plan of
+sticking closely to Dan Munro and hampering him, he found Jimmie
+Ben upon him, swiping furiously with his club at his shins, with
+evident intention of intimidating him, as well as of relieving Dan
+from his attentions. But if Jimmie Ben thought by his noisy
+shouting and furious swiping to strike terror to the heart of the
+Twentieth captain, he entirely misjudged his man; for without
+seeking to give him back what he received in kind, Hughie played
+his game with such skill and pluck, that although he was
+considerably battered about the shins, he was nevertheless able to
+prevent Dan from making any of his dangerous rushes.
+
+Craven, meantime, if he noticed Hughie's hard case, was so fully
+occupied with the defense of the goal that he could give no thought
+to anything else. Shot after shot came in upon Thomas at close
+range, and so savage and reckless was the charge of the Front that
+their big defense men, Hec Ross and Jimmie Ben, abandoning their
+own positions, were foremost in the melee before the Twentieth
+goal.
+
+For fully fifteen minutes the ball was kept in the Twentieth
+territory, and only the steady coolness of Craven and Johnnie Big
+Duncan, backed by Hughie's persistent checking of the Front captain
+and the magnificent steadiness of Thomas in goal, saved the game.
+
+At length, as the fury of the charge began to expend itself a
+little, Craven got his chance. The ball had been passed out to Dan
+upon the left wing of the Front forward line. At once Hughie was
+upon him, but Jimmie Ben following hard, with a cruel swipe at
+Hughie's skates, laid him flat, but not until he had succeeded in
+hindering to some degree Dan's escape with the ball. Before the
+Front captain could make use of his advantage and get clear away,
+the master bore down upon him like a whirlwind, hurled him clear
+off his feet, secured the ball, dashed up the open field, and
+eluding the two centers, who had been instructed to cover the goal,
+easily shot between the balsam-trees.
+
+For a few moments the Twentieth men went mad, for they all felt
+that a crisis had been passed. The failure of the Front in what
+had evidently been a preconcerted and very general attack was
+accepted as an omen of victory.
+
+The Front men, on the other hand, were bitterly chagrined. They
+had come so near it, and yet had failed. Jimmie Ben was especially
+savage. He came down the ice toward the center, yelling defiance
+and threats of vengeance. "Come on here! Don't waste time. Let
+us at them. We'll knock them clear off the ice."
+
+It was Dan's drop. As he was preparing to face off, the master
+skated up and asked the umpire for time. At once the crowd
+gathered round.
+
+"What's the matter?" "What's up?" "What do you want?" came on all
+sides from the Front team, now thoroughly aroused and thirsting for
+vengeance.
+
+"Mr. Umpire," said the master, "I want to call your attention to a
+bit of foul play that must not be allowed to go on"; and then he
+described Jimmie Ben's furious attack upon Hughie.
+
+"It was a deliberate trip, as well as a savage swipe at a man's
+shins when the ball was not near."
+
+At once Jimmie Ben gave him the lie, and throwing down his club,
+slammed his cap upon the ice and proceeded to execute a war-dance
+about it.
+
+For a few moments there was a great uproar, and then the master's
+voice was heard again addressing the umpire.
+
+"I want to know your ruling upon this, Mr. Umpire"; and somehow his
+voice commanded a perfect stillness.
+
+"Well," said the umpire, hesitating, "of course--if a man trips it
+is foul play, but--I did not see any tripping. And of course--
+swiping at a man's shins is not allowed, although sometimes--it
+can't very well be helped in a scrimmage."
+
+"I merely want to call your attention to it," said the master. "My
+understanding of our arrangements, Mr. Munro," he said, addressing
+the Front captain, "is that we are here to play shinny. You have
+come up here, I believe, to win the game by playing shinny, and we
+are here to prevent you. If you have any other purpose, or if any
+of your men have any other purpose, we would be glad to know it
+now, for we entered this game with the intention of playing
+straight, clean shinny."
+
+"That's right!" called out Hec Ross; "that's what we're here for."
+And his answer was echoed on every side, except by Jimmie Ben, who
+continued to bluster and offer fight.
+
+"O, shut your gab!" finally said Farquhar Bheg, impatiently. "If
+you want to fight, wait till after the game is done."
+
+"Here's your cap, Jimmie," piped a thin, little voice. "You'll
+take cold in your head." It was little French Fusie, holding up
+Jimmie's cap on the end of his shinny club, and smiling with the
+utmost good nature, but with infinite impudence, into Jimmie's
+face.
+
+At once there was a general laugh at Jimmie Ben's expense, who with
+a growl, seized his cap, and putting it on his head, skated off to
+his place.
+
+"Now," said Hughie, calling his men together for a moment, "let us
+crowd them hard, and let's give the master every chance we can."
+
+"No," said the master, "they are waiting for me. Suppose you leave
+Dan to me for a while. You go up and play your forward combination.
+They are not paying so much attention to you. Make the attack from
+your wing."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and followed by Fusie, flew up
+the center with one of the Reds on either hand. Immediately the
+master crossed to meet him, checked him hard, and gave Fusie a
+chance, who, seizing the ball, passed far up to Hughie on the
+right.
+
+Immediately the Twentieth forward line rushed, and by a beautiful
+hit of combined play, brought the ball directly before the Front
+goal, when Don, holding it for a moment till Hughie charged in upon
+Farquhar Bheg, shot, and scored.
+
+The result of their combination at once inspired the Twentieth team
+with fresh confidence, and proved most disconcerting to their
+opponents.
+
+"That's the game, boys," said the master, delightedly. "Keep your
+heads, and play your positions." And so well did the forward line
+respond that for the next ten minutes the game was reduced to a
+series of attacks upon the Front goal, and had it not been for the
+dashing play of their captain and the heavy checking of the Front
+defense, the result would have been most disastrous to them.
+
+Meantime, the Twentieth supporters, lined along either edge, became
+more and more vociferous as they began to see that their men were
+getting the game well into their own hands. That steady, cool,
+systematic play of man to man was something quite new to those
+accustomed to the old style of game, and aroused the greatest
+enthusiasm.
+
+Gradually the Front were forced to fall back into their territory,
+and to play upon the defensive, while the master and Johnnie Big
+Duncan, moving up toward the center, kept their forward line so
+strongly supported, and checked so effectually any attempts to
+break through, that thick and fast the shots fell upon the enemy's
+goal.
+
+There remained only fifteen minutes to play. The hard pace was
+beginning to tell upon the big men, and the inevitable reaction
+following their unwise "celebrating" began to show itself in their
+stale and spiritless play. On the other hand, the Twentieth were
+as fresh as ever, and pressed the game with greater spirit every
+moment.
+
+"Play out toward the side," urged Dan, despairing of victory, but
+determined to avert defeat, and at every opportunity the ball was
+knocked out of play. But like wolves the Twentieth forwards were
+upon the ball, striving to keep it in play, and steadily forcing it
+toward the enemy's goal.
+
+Dan became desperate. He was wet with perspiration, and his breath
+was coming in hard gasps. He looked at his team. The little Reds
+were fit enough, but the others were jaded and pumped out. Behind
+him stood Jimmie Ben, savage, wet, and weary.
+
+At one of the pauses, when the ball was out of play, Dan dropped on
+his knee.
+
+"Hold on there a minute," he cried; "I want to fix this skate of
+mine."
+
+Very deliberately he removed his strap, readjusted his skate, and
+began slowly to set the strap in place again.
+
+"They want a rest, I guess. Better take off the time, umpire,"
+sang out Fusie, dancing as lively as a cricket round Jimmie Ben,
+who looked as if he would like to devour him bodily.
+
+"Shut up, Fusie!" said Hughie. "We've got all the time we need."
+
+"You have, eh?" said Jimmie Ben, savagely.
+
+"Yes," said Hughie, in sudden anger, for he had not forgotten
+Jimmie Ben's cruel swipe. "We don't need any more time than we've
+got, and we don't need to play any dirty tricks, either. We're
+going to beat you. We've got you beaten now."
+
+"Blank your impudent face! Wait you! I'll show you!" said Jimmie
+Ben.
+
+"You can't scare me, Jimmie Ben," said Hughie, white with rage.
+"You tried your best and you couldn't do it."
+
+"Play the game, Hughie," said the master, in a low tone, skating
+round him, while Hec Ross said, good-naturedly, "Shut up Jimmie
+Ben. You'll need all your wind for your heels," at which all but
+Jimmie Ben laughed.
+
+For a moment Dan drew his men together.
+
+"Our only chance," he said, "is in a rush. Now, I want every man
+to make for that goal. Never mind the ball. I'll get the ball
+there. And then you, Jimmie Ben, and a couple of you centers, make
+right back here on guard."
+
+"They're going to rush," said Hughie to his team. "Don't all go
+back. Centers fall back with me. You forwards keep up."
+
+At the drop Dan secured the ball, and in a moment the Front rush
+came. With a simultaneous yell the whole ten men came roaring down
+the ice, waving their clubs and flinging aside their lightweight
+opponents. It was a dangerous moment, but with a cry of "All
+steady, boys!" Hughie threw himself right into Dan's way. But just
+for such a chance Jimmie Ben was watching, and rushing upon Hughie,
+caught him fairly with his shoulder and hurled him to the ice,
+while the attacking line swept over him.
+
+For a single moment Hughie lay dazed, but before any one could
+offer help he rose slowly, and after a few deep breaths, set off
+for the scrimmage.
+
+There was a wild five minutes. Eighteen or twenty men were massed
+in front of the Twentieth goal, striking, shoving, yelling, the
+solid weight of the Front defense forcing the ball ever nearer the
+goal. In the center of the mass were Craven, Johnnie Big Duncan,
+and Don fighting every inch.
+
+For a few moments Hughie hovered behind his goal, his heart full
+of black rage, waiting his chance. At length he saw an opening.
+Jimmie Ben, slashing heavily, regardless of injury to himself or
+any others, had edged the ball toward the Twentieth left. Taking a
+short run, Hughie, reckless of consequences, launched himself head
+first into Jimmie Ben's stomach, swiping viciously at the same time
+at the ball. For a moment Jimmie Ben was flung back, and but for
+Johnnie Big Duncan would have fallen, but before he could regain
+his feet, the ball was set free of the scrimmage and away. Fusie,
+rushing in, had snapped it up and had gone scuttling down the ice,
+followed by Hughie and the master.
+
+Before Fusie had got much past center, Dan, who had been playing in
+the rear of the scrimmage, overtook him, and with a fierce body
+check upset the little Frenchman and secured the ball. Wheeling,
+he saw both Hughie and Craven bearing down swiftly upon him.
+
+"Rush for the goal!" he shouted to Jimmie Ben, who was following
+Hughie hard. Jimmie Ben hesitated.
+
+"Back to your defense!" yelled Dan, cutting across and trying to
+escape between Hughie and Craven.
+
+It was in vain. Both of the Twentieth men fell upon him, and the
+master, snatching the ball, sped like lightning down the ice.
+
+The crowd went wild.
+
+"Get back! Get back there!" screamed Hughie to the mob crowding in
+upon the ice. "Give us room! Give us a show!"
+
+At this moment Craven, cornered by Hec Ross and two of the Red
+Shirts, with Dan hard upon his heels, passed clear across the ice
+to Hughie. With a swift turn Hughie caught the ball, dodged Jimmie
+Ben's fierce spring at him, and shot. But even as he shot, Jimmie
+Ben, recovering his balance, reached him and struck a hard,
+swinging blow upon his ankle. There was a sharp crack, and Hughie
+fell to the ice. The ball went wide.
+
+"Time, there, umpire!" cried the master, falling on his knees
+beside Hughie. "Are you hurt, Hughie?" he asked, eagerly. "What
+is it, my boy?"
+
+"Oh, master, it's broken, but don't stop. Don't let them stop. We
+must win this game. We've only a few minutes. Take me back to
+goal and send Thomas out."
+
+The eager, hurried whisper, the intense appeal in the white face
+and dark eyes, made the master hesitate in his emphatic refusal.
+
+"You can't--"
+
+"Oh, don't stop! Don't stop it for me," cried Hughie, gripping the
+master's arm. "Help me up and take me back."
+
+The master swore a fierce oath.
+
+"We'll do it, my boy. You're a trump. Here, Don," he called
+aloud, "we'll let Hughie keep goal for a little," and they ran
+Hughie back to the goal on one skate.
+
+"You go out, Thomas," gasped Hughie. "Don't talk. We've only five
+minutes."
+
+"They have broken his leg," said the master, with a sob in his
+voice.
+
+"Nothing wrong, I hope," said Dan, skating up.
+
+"No; play the game," said the master, fiercely. His black eyes
+were burning with a deep, red glow.
+
+"Is it hurting much?" asked Thomas, lingering about Hughie.
+
+"Oh, you just bet! But don't wait. Go on! Go on down! You've
+got to get this game!"
+
+Thomas glanced at the foot hanging limp, and then at the white but
+resolute face. Then saying with slow, savage emphasis, "The brute
+beast! As sure as death I'll do for him," he skated off to join
+the forward line.
+
+It was the Front knock-off from goal. There was no plan of attack,
+but the Twentieth team, looking upon the faces of the master and
+Thomas, needed no words of command.
+
+The final round was shot, short, sharp, fierce. A long drive from
+Farquhar Bheg sent the ball far up into the Twentieth territory.
+It was a bad play, for it gave Craven and Thomas their chance.
+
+"Follow me close, Thomas," cried the master, meeting the ball and
+setting off like a whirlwind.
+
+Past the little Reds, through the centers, and into the defense
+line he flashed, followed hard by Thomas. In vain Hec Ross tried
+to check, Craven was past him like the wind. There remained only
+Dan and Jimmie Ben. A few swift strides, and the master was almost
+within reach of Dan's club. With a touch of the ball to Thomas he
+charged into his waiting foe, flung him aside as he might a child,
+and swept on.
+
+"Take the man, Thomas," he cried, and Thomas, gathering himself
+up in two short, quick strikes, dashed hard upon Jimmie Ben, and
+hurled him crashing to the ice.
+
+"Take that, you brute, you!" he said, and followed after Craven.
+
+Only Farquhar Bheg was left.
+
+"Take no chances," cried Craven again. "Come on!" and both of them
+sweeping in upon the goal-keeper, lifted him clear through the goal
+and carried the ball with them.
+
+"Time!" called the umpire. The great game was won.
+
+Then, before the crowd had realized what had happened, and before
+they could pour in upon the ice, Craven skated back toward Jimmie
+Ben.
+
+"The game is over," he said, in a low, fierce tone. "You cowardly
+blackguard, you weren't afraid to hit a boy, now stand up to a man,
+if you dare."
+
+Jimmie Ben was no coward. Dropping his club he came eagerly
+forward, but no sooner had he got well ready than Craven struck him
+fair in the face, and before he could fall, caught him with a
+straight, swift blow on the chin, and lifting him clear off his
+skates, landed him back on his head and shoulders on the ice, where
+he lay with his toes quivering.
+
+"Serve him right," said Hec Ross.
+
+There was no more of it. The Twentieth crowds went wild with joy
+and rage, for their great game was won, and the news of what had
+befallen their captain had got round.
+
+"He took his city, though, Mrs. Murray," said the master, after the
+great supper in the manse that evening, as Hughie lay upon the
+sofa, pale, suffering, but happy. "And not only one, but a whole
+continent of them, and," he added, "the game as well."
+
+With sudden tears and a little break in her voice, the mother said,
+looking at her boy, "It was worth while taking the city, but I fear
+the game cost too much."
+
+"Oh, pshaw, mother," said Hughie, "it's only one bone, and I tell
+you that final round was worth a leg."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+THE RESULT
+
+
+"How many did you say, Craven, of those Glengarry men of yours?"
+Professor Gray was catechizing his nephew.
+
+"Ten of them, sir, besides the minister's son, who is going to take
+the full university course."
+
+"And all of them bound for the ministry?"
+
+"So they say. And judging by the way they take life, and the way,
+for instance, they play shinny, I have a notion they will see it
+through."
+
+"They come of a race that sees things through," answered the
+professor. "And this is the result of this Zion Hill Academy I
+have been hearing so much about?"
+
+"Well, sir, they put in a good year's work, I must say."
+
+"You might have done worse, sir. Indeed, you deserve great credit,
+sir."
+
+"I? Not a bit. I simply showed them what to do and how to do it.
+But there's a woman up there that the world ought to know about.
+For love of her--"
+
+"Oh, the world!" snorted the professor. "The world, sir! The Lord
+deliver us! It might do the world some good, I grant."
+
+"It is for love of her these men are in for the ministry."
+
+"You are wrong, sir. That is not their motive."
+
+"No, perhaps it is not. It would be unfair to say so, but yet she--"
+
+"I know, sir. I know, sir. Bless my soul, sir. I know her. I
+knew her before you were born. But--yes, yes--" the professor
+spoke as if to himself--"for love of her men would attempt great
+things. You have these names, Craven? Ah! Alexander Stewart,
+Donald Cameron, Thomas Finch--Finch, let me see--ah, yes, Finch.
+His mother died after a long illness. Yes, I remember. A very sad
+case, a very sad case, indeed."
+
+"And yet not so sad, sir," put in Craven. "At any rate, it did not
+seem so at the time. That night it seemed anything but sad. It
+was wonderful."
+
+The professor laid down his list and sat back in his chair.
+
+"Go on, sir," he said, gazing curiously at Craven. "I have heard a
+little about it. Let me see, it was the night of the great match,
+was it not?"
+
+"Did you know about that? Who told you about the match, sir?"
+
+"I hear a great many things, and in curious ways. But go on, sir,
+go on."
+
+Craven sat silent, and from the look in his eyes his thoughts were
+far away.
+
+"Well, sir, it's a thing I have never spoken about. It seems to
+me, if I may say so, something quite too sacred to speak of
+lightly."
+
+Again Craven paused, while the professor waited.
+
+"It was Hughie sent me there. There was a jubilation supper at the
+manse, you understand. Thomas Finch, the goal-keeper, you know--
+magnificent fellow, too--was not at the supper. A messenger had
+come for him, saying that his mother had taken a bad turn. Hughie
+was much disappointed, and they were all evidently anxious. I
+offered to drive over and inquire, and of course the minister's
+wife, though she had been on the go all day long, must needs go
+with me. I can never forget that night. I suppose you have
+noticed, sir, there are times when one is more sensitive to
+impressions from one's surroundings than others. There are times
+with me, too, when I seem to have a very vital kinship with nature.
+At any rate, during that drive nature seemed to get close to me.
+The dark, still forest, the crisp air, the frost sparkling in the
+starlight on the trees--it all seemed to be part of me. I fear I
+am not explaining myself."
+
+Craven paused again, and his eyes began to glow. The professor
+still waited.
+
+"When we reached the house we found them waiting for death. The
+minister's wife went in, I waited in the kitchen. By and by Billy
+Jack, that's her eldest son, you know, came out. 'She is asking
+for you,' he said, and I went in. I had often seen her before, and
+I rather think she liked me. You see, I had been able to help
+Thomas along pretty well, both in school and with his night work,
+and she was grateful for what I had done, absurdly grateful when
+one considers how little it was. I had seen death before, and it
+had always been ghastly, but there was nothing ghastly in death
+that night. The whole scene is before me now, I suppose always
+will be."
+
+His dead, black eyes were beginning to show their deep, red fire.
+
+The professor looked at him for a moment or two, and then said,
+"Proceed, if you please," and Craven drew a long breath, as if
+recalling himself, and went on.
+
+"The old man was there at one side, with his gray head down on the
+bed, his little girl kneeling beside him with her arm round his
+neck, opposite him the minister's wife, her face calm and steady,
+Billy Jack standing at the foot of the bed--he and little Jessac
+the only ones in the room who were weeping--and there at the head,
+Thomas, supporting his mother, now and then moistening her lips and
+giving her sips of stimulant, and so quick and steady, gentle as a
+woman, and smiling through it all. I could hardly believe it was
+the same big fellow who three hours before had carried the ball
+through the Front defense. I tell you, sir, it was wonderful.
+
+"There was no fuss or hysterical nonsense in that room. The mother
+lay there quite peaceful, pain all gone--and she had had enough of
+it in her day. She was quite a beautiful woman, too, in a way.
+Fine eyes, remarkable eyes, splendidly firm mouth, showing great
+nerve, I should say. All her life, I understand, she lived for
+others, and even now her thought was not of herself. When I came
+in she opened her eyes. They were like stars, actually shining,
+and her smile was like the sudden breaking of light through a
+cloud. She put out her hand for mine, and said--and I value these
+words, sir--'Mr. Craven, I give you a mither's thanks and a
+mither's blessing for a' you have done for ma laddie.' She was
+Lowland Scotch, you know. My voice went all to pieces. I tried to
+say it was nothing, but stuck. Thomas helped me out, and without a
+shake or quiver in his voice, he answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, indeed, mother, we'll not forget it.'
+
+"'And perhaps you can help him a bit still. He will be needing
+it,' she added.
+
+"I assure you, sir, that quiet steadiness of Thomas and herself
+braced me up, and I was able to make my promise. And then she
+said, with a look that somehow reminded me of the deep, starlit
+night outside, through which I had just come, 'And you, Mr. Craven,
+you will give your life to God?'
+
+"Again my voice failed me. It was so unexpected, and quite
+overwhelming. Once more Thomas answered for me.
+
+"'Yes, mother, he will, sure,' and she seemed to take it as my
+promise, for she smiled again at me, and closed her eyes.
+
+"I had read of triumphant death-bed scenes, and all that before,
+without taking much stock in them, but believe me, sir, that room
+was full of glory. The very faces of those people, it seemed to
+me, were alight. It may be imagination, but even now, as I think
+of it, it seems real. There were no farewells, no wailing, and at
+the very last, not even tears. Thomas, who had nursed her for more
+than a year, still supported her, the smile on his face to the end.
+And the end--"Craven's voice grew unsteady--"it is difficult to
+speak of. The minister's wife repeated the words about the house
+with many mansions, and those about the valley of the shadow, and
+said a little prayer, and then we all waited for the end--for
+myself, I confess with considerable fear and anxiety. I had no
+need to fear. After a long silence she sat up straight, and in her
+Scotch tongue, she said, with a kind of amazed joy in her tone, 'Ma
+fayther! Ma fayther! I am here.' Then she settled herself back
+in her son's arms, drew a deep breath, and was still. All through
+the night and next day the glory lingered round me. I went about
+as in a strange world. I am afraid you will be thinking me
+foolish, sir."
+
+The stern old professor was openly wiping his eyes. He seemed
+quite unable to find his voice. At length he took up the list
+again, and began to read it mechanically.
+
+"What! What's this?" he said, suddenly, pointing to a name on the
+list.
+
+"That, sir, is John Craven."
+
+"Do you mean that you, too--"
+
+"Yes, I mean it, if you think I am fit."
+
+"Fit, Jack, my boy! None of us are fit. But what--how did this
+come?" The professor blew his nose like a trumpet.
+
+"That I can hardly tell myself," said Craven, with a kind of wonder
+in his voice; "but at any rate it is the result of my Glengarry
+School Days."
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Glengarry Schooldays, by Ralph Connor
+